##// END OF EJS Templates
persistent-nodemap: add a "abort" option to the slow-path config...
marmoute -
r46937:38d41346 default draft
parent child Browse files
Show More
@@ -1,2595 +1,2595 b''
1 1 # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option
2 2 #
3 3 # Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@octobus.net>
4 4 #
5 5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7 7
8 8 from __future__ import absolute_import
9 9
10 10 import functools
11 11 import re
12 12
13 13 from . import (
14 14 encoding,
15 15 error,
16 16 )
17 17
18 18
19 19 def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable):
20 20 """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones"""
21 21 for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()):
22 22 knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister())
23 23 knownkeys = set(knownitems)
24 24 newkeys = set(items)
25 25 for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys):
26 26 msg = b"extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'"
27 27 msg %= (extname, section, key)
28 28 ui.develwarn(msg, config=b'warn-config')
29 29
30 30 knownitems.update(items)
31 31
32 32
33 33 class configitem(object):
34 34 """represent a known config item
35 35
36 36 :section: the official config section where to find this item,
37 37 :name: the official name within the section,
38 38 :default: default value for this item,
39 39 :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives,
40 40 :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression.
41 41 """
42 42
43 43 def __init__(
44 44 self,
45 45 section,
46 46 name,
47 47 default=None,
48 48 alias=(),
49 49 generic=False,
50 50 priority=0,
51 51 experimental=False,
52 52 ):
53 53 self.section = section
54 54 self.name = name
55 55 self.default = default
56 56 self.alias = list(alias)
57 57 self.generic = generic
58 58 self.priority = priority
59 59 self.experimental = experimental
60 60 self._re = None
61 61 if generic:
62 62 self._re = re.compile(self.name)
63 63
64 64
65 65 class itemregister(dict):
66 66 """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection"""
67 67
68 68 def __init__(self):
69 69 super(itemregister, self).__init__()
70 70 self._generics = set()
71 71
72 72 def update(self, other):
73 73 super(itemregister, self).update(other)
74 74 self._generics.update(other._generics)
75 75
76 76 def __setitem__(self, key, item):
77 77 super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item)
78 78 if item.generic:
79 79 self._generics.add(item)
80 80
81 81 def get(self, key):
82 82 baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key)
83 83 if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic:
84 84 return baseitem
85 85
86 86 # search for a matching generic item
87 87 generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name)))
88 88 for item in generics:
89 89 # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler
90 90 # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match
91 91 # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising
92 92 # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute.
93 93 #
94 94 # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising
95 95 # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently
96 96 # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color."
97 97 # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on
98 98 # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^".
99 99 # The "^" seems more error prone.
100 100 if item._re.match(key):
101 101 return item
102 102
103 103 return None
104 104
105 105
106 106 coreitems = {}
107 107
108 108
109 109 def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs):
110 110 item = configitem(*args, **kwargs)
111 111 section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister())
112 112 if item.name in section:
113 113 msg = b"duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'"
114 114 raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name))
115 115 section[item.name] = item
116 116
117 117
118 118 # special value for case where the default is derived from other values
119 119 dynamicdefault = object()
120 120
121 121 # Registering actual config items
122 122
123 123
124 124 def getitemregister(configtable):
125 125 f = functools.partial(_register, configtable)
126 126 # export pseudo enum as configitem.*
127 127 f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault
128 128 return f
129 129
130 130
131 131 coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems)
132 132
133 133
134 134 def _registerdiffopts(section, configprefix=b''):
135 135 coreconfigitem(
136 136 section,
137 137 configprefix + b'nodates',
138 138 default=False,
139 139 )
140 140 coreconfigitem(
141 141 section,
142 142 configprefix + b'showfunc',
143 143 default=False,
144 144 )
145 145 coreconfigitem(
146 146 section,
147 147 configprefix + b'unified',
148 148 default=None,
149 149 )
150 150 coreconfigitem(
151 151 section,
152 152 configprefix + b'git',
153 153 default=False,
154 154 )
155 155 coreconfigitem(
156 156 section,
157 157 configprefix + b'ignorews',
158 158 default=False,
159 159 )
160 160 coreconfigitem(
161 161 section,
162 162 configprefix + b'ignorewsamount',
163 163 default=False,
164 164 )
165 165 coreconfigitem(
166 166 section,
167 167 configprefix + b'ignoreblanklines',
168 168 default=False,
169 169 )
170 170 coreconfigitem(
171 171 section,
172 172 configprefix + b'ignorewseol',
173 173 default=False,
174 174 )
175 175 coreconfigitem(
176 176 section,
177 177 configprefix + b'nobinary',
178 178 default=False,
179 179 )
180 180 coreconfigitem(
181 181 section,
182 182 configprefix + b'noprefix',
183 183 default=False,
184 184 )
185 185 coreconfigitem(
186 186 section,
187 187 configprefix + b'word-diff',
188 188 default=False,
189 189 )
190 190
191 191
192 192 coreconfigitem(
193 193 b'alias',
194 194 b'.*',
195 195 default=dynamicdefault,
196 196 generic=True,
197 197 )
198 198 coreconfigitem(
199 199 b'auth',
200 200 b'cookiefile',
201 201 default=None,
202 202 )
203 203 _registerdiffopts(section=b'annotate')
204 204 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
205 205 coreconfigitem(
206 206 b'bookmarks',
207 207 b'pushing',
208 208 default=list,
209 209 )
210 210 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
211 211 coreconfigitem(
212 212 b'bundle',
213 213 b'mainreporoot',
214 214 default=b'',
215 215 )
216 216 coreconfigitem(
217 217 b'censor',
218 218 b'policy',
219 219 default=b'abort',
220 220 experimental=True,
221 221 )
222 222 coreconfigitem(
223 223 b'chgserver',
224 224 b'idletimeout',
225 225 default=3600,
226 226 )
227 227 coreconfigitem(
228 228 b'chgserver',
229 229 b'skiphash',
230 230 default=False,
231 231 )
232 232 coreconfigitem(
233 233 b'cmdserver',
234 234 b'log',
235 235 default=None,
236 236 )
237 237 coreconfigitem(
238 238 b'cmdserver',
239 239 b'max-log-files',
240 240 default=7,
241 241 )
242 242 coreconfigitem(
243 243 b'cmdserver',
244 244 b'max-log-size',
245 245 default=b'1 MB',
246 246 )
247 247 coreconfigitem(
248 248 b'cmdserver',
249 249 b'max-repo-cache',
250 250 default=0,
251 251 experimental=True,
252 252 )
253 253 coreconfigitem(
254 254 b'cmdserver',
255 255 b'message-encodings',
256 256 default=list,
257 257 )
258 258 coreconfigitem(
259 259 b'cmdserver',
260 260 b'track-log',
261 261 default=lambda: [b'chgserver', b'cmdserver', b'repocache'],
262 262 )
263 263 coreconfigitem(
264 264 b'cmdserver',
265 265 b'shutdown-on-interrupt',
266 266 default=True,
267 267 )
268 268 coreconfigitem(
269 269 b'color',
270 270 b'.*',
271 271 default=None,
272 272 generic=True,
273 273 )
274 274 coreconfigitem(
275 275 b'color',
276 276 b'mode',
277 277 default=b'auto',
278 278 )
279 279 coreconfigitem(
280 280 b'color',
281 281 b'pagermode',
282 282 default=dynamicdefault,
283 283 )
284 284 coreconfigitem(
285 285 b'command-templates',
286 286 b'graphnode',
287 287 default=None,
288 288 alias=[(b'ui', b'graphnodetemplate')],
289 289 )
290 290 coreconfigitem(
291 291 b'command-templates',
292 292 b'log',
293 293 default=None,
294 294 alias=[(b'ui', b'logtemplate')],
295 295 )
296 296 coreconfigitem(
297 297 b'command-templates',
298 298 b'mergemarker',
299 299 default=(
300 300 b'{node|short} '
301 301 b'{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", '
302 302 b'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}'
303 303 b'{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}'
304 304 b'{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}'
305 305 b'- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}'
306 306 ),
307 307 alias=[(b'ui', b'mergemarkertemplate')],
308 308 )
309 309 coreconfigitem(
310 310 b'command-templates',
311 311 b'pre-merge-tool-output',
312 312 default=None,
313 313 alias=[(b'ui', b'pre-merge-tool-output-template')],
314 314 )
315 315 coreconfigitem(
316 316 b'command-templates',
317 317 b'oneline-summary',
318 318 default=None,
319 319 )
320 320 coreconfigitem(
321 321 b'command-templates',
322 322 b'oneline-summary.*',
323 323 default=dynamicdefault,
324 324 generic=True,
325 325 )
326 326 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'commit.interactive.')
327 327 coreconfigitem(
328 328 b'commands',
329 329 b'commit.post-status',
330 330 default=False,
331 331 )
332 332 coreconfigitem(
333 333 b'commands',
334 334 b'grep.all-files',
335 335 default=False,
336 336 experimental=True,
337 337 )
338 338 coreconfigitem(
339 339 b'commands',
340 340 b'merge.require-rev',
341 341 default=False,
342 342 )
343 343 coreconfigitem(
344 344 b'commands',
345 345 b'push.require-revs',
346 346 default=False,
347 347 )
348 348 coreconfigitem(
349 349 b'commands',
350 350 b'resolve.confirm',
351 351 default=False,
352 352 )
353 353 coreconfigitem(
354 354 b'commands',
355 355 b'resolve.explicit-re-merge',
356 356 default=False,
357 357 )
358 358 coreconfigitem(
359 359 b'commands',
360 360 b'resolve.mark-check',
361 361 default=b'none',
362 362 )
363 363 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'revert.interactive.')
364 364 coreconfigitem(
365 365 b'commands',
366 366 b'show.aliasprefix',
367 367 default=list,
368 368 )
369 369 coreconfigitem(
370 370 b'commands',
371 371 b'status.relative',
372 372 default=False,
373 373 )
374 374 coreconfigitem(
375 375 b'commands',
376 376 b'status.skipstates',
377 377 default=[],
378 378 experimental=True,
379 379 )
380 380 coreconfigitem(
381 381 b'commands',
382 382 b'status.terse',
383 383 default=b'',
384 384 )
385 385 coreconfigitem(
386 386 b'commands',
387 387 b'status.verbose',
388 388 default=False,
389 389 )
390 390 coreconfigitem(
391 391 b'commands',
392 392 b'update.check',
393 393 default=None,
394 394 )
395 395 coreconfigitem(
396 396 b'commands',
397 397 b'update.requiredest',
398 398 default=False,
399 399 )
400 400 coreconfigitem(
401 401 b'committemplate',
402 402 b'.*',
403 403 default=None,
404 404 generic=True,
405 405 )
406 406 coreconfigitem(
407 407 b'convert',
408 408 b'bzr.saverev',
409 409 default=True,
410 410 )
411 411 coreconfigitem(
412 412 b'convert',
413 413 b'cvsps.cache',
414 414 default=True,
415 415 )
416 416 coreconfigitem(
417 417 b'convert',
418 418 b'cvsps.fuzz',
419 419 default=60,
420 420 )
421 421 coreconfigitem(
422 422 b'convert',
423 423 b'cvsps.logencoding',
424 424 default=None,
425 425 )
426 426 coreconfigitem(
427 427 b'convert',
428 428 b'cvsps.mergefrom',
429 429 default=None,
430 430 )
431 431 coreconfigitem(
432 432 b'convert',
433 433 b'cvsps.mergeto',
434 434 default=None,
435 435 )
436 436 coreconfigitem(
437 437 b'convert',
438 438 b'git.committeractions',
439 439 default=lambda: [b'messagedifferent'],
440 440 )
441 441 coreconfigitem(
442 442 b'convert',
443 443 b'git.extrakeys',
444 444 default=list,
445 445 )
446 446 coreconfigitem(
447 447 b'convert',
448 448 b'git.findcopiesharder',
449 449 default=False,
450 450 )
451 451 coreconfigitem(
452 452 b'convert',
453 453 b'git.remoteprefix',
454 454 default=b'remote',
455 455 )
456 456 coreconfigitem(
457 457 b'convert',
458 458 b'git.renamelimit',
459 459 default=400,
460 460 )
461 461 coreconfigitem(
462 462 b'convert',
463 463 b'git.saverev',
464 464 default=True,
465 465 )
466 466 coreconfigitem(
467 467 b'convert',
468 468 b'git.similarity',
469 469 default=50,
470 470 )
471 471 coreconfigitem(
472 472 b'convert',
473 473 b'git.skipsubmodules',
474 474 default=False,
475 475 )
476 476 coreconfigitem(
477 477 b'convert',
478 478 b'hg.clonebranches',
479 479 default=False,
480 480 )
481 481 coreconfigitem(
482 482 b'convert',
483 483 b'hg.ignoreerrors',
484 484 default=False,
485 485 )
486 486 coreconfigitem(
487 487 b'convert',
488 488 b'hg.preserve-hash',
489 489 default=False,
490 490 )
491 491 coreconfigitem(
492 492 b'convert',
493 493 b'hg.revs',
494 494 default=None,
495 495 )
496 496 coreconfigitem(
497 497 b'convert',
498 498 b'hg.saverev',
499 499 default=False,
500 500 )
501 501 coreconfigitem(
502 502 b'convert',
503 503 b'hg.sourcename',
504 504 default=None,
505 505 )
506 506 coreconfigitem(
507 507 b'convert',
508 508 b'hg.startrev',
509 509 default=None,
510 510 )
511 511 coreconfigitem(
512 512 b'convert',
513 513 b'hg.tagsbranch',
514 514 default=b'default',
515 515 )
516 516 coreconfigitem(
517 517 b'convert',
518 518 b'hg.usebranchnames',
519 519 default=True,
520 520 )
521 521 coreconfigitem(
522 522 b'convert',
523 523 b'ignoreancestorcheck',
524 524 default=False,
525 525 experimental=True,
526 526 )
527 527 coreconfigitem(
528 528 b'convert',
529 529 b'localtimezone',
530 530 default=False,
531 531 )
532 532 coreconfigitem(
533 533 b'convert',
534 534 b'p4.encoding',
535 535 default=dynamicdefault,
536 536 )
537 537 coreconfigitem(
538 538 b'convert',
539 539 b'p4.startrev',
540 540 default=0,
541 541 )
542 542 coreconfigitem(
543 543 b'convert',
544 544 b'skiptags',
545 545 default=False,
546 546 )
547 547 coreconfigitem(
548 548 b'convert',
549 549 b'svn.debugsvnlog',
550 550 default=True,
551 551 )
552 552 coreconfigitem(
553 553 b'convert',
554 554 b'svn.trunk',
555 555 default=None,
556 556 )
557 557 coreconfigitem(
558 558 b'convert',
559 559 b'svn.tags',
560 560 default=None,
561 561 )
562 562 coreconfigitem(
563 563 b'convert',
564 564 b'svn.branches',
565 565 default=None,
566 566 )
567 567 coreconfigitem(
568 568 b'convert',
569 569 b'svn.startrev',
570 570 default=0,
571 571 )
572 572 coreconfigitem(
573 573 b'debug',
574 574 b'dirstate.delaywrite',
575 575 default=0,
576 576 )
577 577 coreconfigitem(
578 578 b'defaults',
579 579 b'.*',
580 580 default=None,
581 581 generic=True,
582 582 )
583 583 coreconfigitem(
584 584 b'devel',
585 585 b'all-warnings',
586 586 default=False,
587 587 )
588 588 coreconfigitem(
589 589 b'devel',
590 590 b'bundle2.debug',
591 591 default=False,
592 592 )
593 593 coreconfigitem(
594 594 b'devel',
595 595 b'bundle.delta',
596 596 default=b'',
597 597 )
598 598 coreconfigitem(
599 599 b'devel',
600 600 b'cache-vfs',
601 601 default=None,
602 602 )
603 603 coreconfigitem(
604 604 b'devel',
605 605 b'check-locks',
606 606 default=False,
607 607 )
608 608 coreconfigitem(
609 609 b'devel',
610 610 b'check-relroot',
611 611 default=False,
612 612 )
613 613 coreconfigitem(
614 614 b'devel',
615 615 b'default-date',
616 616 default=None,
617 617 )
618 618 coreconfigitem(
619 619 b'devel',
620 620 b'deprec-warn',
621 621 default=False,
622 622 )
623 623 coreconfigitem(
624 624 b'devel',
625 625 b'disableloaddefaultcerts',
626 626 default=False,
627 627 )
628 628 coreconfigitem(
629 629 b'devel',
630 630 b'warn-empty-changegroup',
631 631 default=False,
632 632 )
633 633 coreconfigitem(
634 634 b'devel',
635 635 b'legacy.exchange',
636 636 default=list,
637 637 )
638 638 # When True, revlogs use a special reference version of the nodemap, that is not
639 639 # performant but is "known" to behave properly.
640 640 coreconfigitem(
641 641 b'devel',
642 642 b'persistent-nodemap',
643 643 default=False,
644 644 )
645 645 coreconfigitem(
646 646 b'devel',
647 647 b'servercafile',
648 648 default=b'',
649 649 )
650 650 coreconfigitem(
651 651 b'devel',
652 652 b'serverexactprotocol',
653 653 default=b'',
654 654 )
655 655 coreconfigitem(
656 656 b'devel',
657 657 b'serverrequirecert',
658 658 default=False,
659 659 )
660 660 coreconfigitem(
661 661 b'devel',
662 662 b'strip-obsmarkers',
663 663 default=True,
664 664 )
665 665 coreconfigitem(
666 666 b'devel',
667 667 b'warn-config',
668 668 default=None,
669 669 )
670 670 coreconfigitem(
671 671 b'devel',
672 672 b'warn-config-default',
673 673 default=None,
674 674 )
675 675 coreconfigitem(
676 676 b'devel',
677 677 b'user.obsmarker',
678 678 default=None,
679 679 )
680 680 coreconfigitem(
681 681 b'devel',
682 682 b'warn-config-unknown',
683 683 default=None,
684 684 )
685 685 coreconfigitem(
686 686 b'devel',
687 687 b'debug.copies',
688 688 default=False,
689 689 )
690 690 coreconfigitem(
691 691 b'devel',
692 692 b'debug.extensions',
693 693 default=False,
694 694 )
695 695 coreconfigitem(
696 696 b'devel',
697 697 b'debug.repo-filters',
698 698 default=False,
699 699 )
700 700 coreconfigitem(
701 701 b'devel',
702 702 b'debug.peer-request',
703 703 default=False,
704 704 )
705 705 # If discovery.grow-sample is False, the sample size used in set discovery will
706 706 # not be increased through the process
707 707 coreconfigitem(
708 708 b'devel',
709 709 b'discovery.grow-sample',
710 710 default=True,
711 711 )
712 712 # discovery.grow-sample.rate control the rate at which the sample grow
713 713 coreconfigitem(
714 714 b'devel',
715 715 b'discovery.grow-sample.rate',
716 716 default=1.05,
717 717 )
718 718 # If discovery.randomize is False, random sampling during discovery are
719 719 # deterministic. It is meant for integration tests.
720 720 coreconfigitem(
721 721 b'devel',
722 722 b'discovery.randomize',
723 723 default=True,
724 724 )
725 725 _registerdiffopts(section=b'diff')
726 726 coreconfigitem(
727 727 b'email',
728 728 b'bcc',
729 729 default=None,
730 730 )
731 731 coreconfigitem(
732 732 b'email',
733 733 b'cc',
734 734 default=None,
735 735 )
736 736 coreconfigitem(
737 737 b'email',
738 738 b'charsets',
739 739 default=list,
740 740 )
741 741 coreconfigitem(
742 742 b'email',
743 743 b'from',
744 744 default=None,
745 745 )
746 746 coreconfigitem(
747 747 b'email',
748 748 b'method',
749 749 default=b'smtp',
750 750 )
751 751 coreconfigitem(
752 752 b'email',
753 753 b'reply-to',
754 754 default=None,
755 755 )
756 756 coreconfigitem(
757 757 b'email',
758 758 b'to',
759 759 default=None,
760 760 )
761 761 coreconfigitem(
762 762 b'experimental',
763 763 b'archivemetatemplate',
764 764 default=dynamicdefault,
765 765 )
766 766 coreconfigitem(
767 767 b'experimental',
768 768 b'auto-publish',
769 769 default=b'publish',
770 770 )
771 771 coreconfigitem(
772 772 b'experimental',
773 773 b'bundle-phases',
774 774 default=False,
775 775 )
776 776 coreconfigitem(
777 777 b'experimental',
778 778 b'bundle2-advertise',
779 779 default=True,
780 780 )
781 781 coreconfigitem(
782 782 b'experimental',
783 783 b'bundle2-output-capture',
784 784 default=False,
785 785 )
786 786 coreconfigitem(
787 787 b'experimental',
788 788 b'bundle2.pushback',
789 789 default=False,
790 790 )
791 791 coreconfigitem(
792 792 b'experimental',
793 793 b'bundle2lazylocking',
794 794 default=False,
795 795 )
796 796 coreconfigitem(
797 797 b'experimental',
798 798 b'bundlecomplevel',
799 799 default=None,
800 800 )
801 801 coreconfigitem(
802 802 b'experimental',
803 803 b'bundlecomplevel.bzip2',
804 804 default=None,
805 805 )
806 806 coreconfigitem(
807 807 b'experimental',
808 808 b'bundlecomplevel.gzip',
809 809 default=None,
810 810 )
811 811 coreconfigitem(
812 812 b'experimental',
813 813 b'bundlecomplevel.none',
814 814 default=None,
815 815 )
816 816 coreconfigitem(
817 817 b'experimental',
818 818 b'bundlecomplevel.zstd',
819 819 default=None,
820 820 )
821 821 coreconfigitem(
822 822 b'experimental',
823 823 b'changegroup3',
824 824 default=False,
825 825 )
826 826 coreconfigitem(
827 827 b'experimental',
828 828 b'cleanup-as-archived',
829 829 default=False,
830 830 )
831 831 coreconfigitem(
832 832 b'experimental',
833 833 b'clientcompressionengines',
834 834 default=list,
835 835 )
836 836 coreconfigitem(
837 837 b'experimental',
838 838 b'copytrace',
839 839 default=b'on',
840 840 )
841 841 coreconfigitem(
842 842 b'experimental',
843 843 b'copytrace.movecandidateslimit',
844 844 default=100,
845 845 )
846 846 coreconfigitem(
847 847 b'experimental',
848 848 b'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit',
849 849 default=100,
850 850 )
851 851 coreconfigitem(
852 852 b'experimental',
853 853 b'copies.read-from',
854 854 default=b"filelog-only",
855 855 )
856 856 coreconfigitem(
857 857 b'experimental',
858 858 b'copies.write-to',
859 859 default=b'filelog-only',
860 860 )
861 861 coreconfigitem(
862 862 b'experimental',
863 863 b'crecordtest',
864 864 default=None,
865 865 )
866 866 coreconfigitem(
867 867 b'experimental',
868 868 b'directaccess',
869 869 default=False,
870 870 )
871 871 coreconfigitem(
872 872 b'experimental',
873 873 b'directaccess.revnums',
874 874 default=False,
875 875 )
876 876 coreconfigitem(
877 877 b'experimental',
878 878 b'editortmpinhg',
879 879 default=False,
880 880 )
881 881 coreconfigitem(
882 882 b'experimental',
883 883 b'evolution',
884 884 default=list,
885 885 )
886 886 coreconfigitem(
887 887 b'experimental',
888 888 b'evolution.allowdivergence',
889 889 default=False,
890 890 alias=[(b'experimental', b'allowdivergence')],
891 891 )
892 892 coreconfigitem(
893 893 b'experimental',
894 894 b'evolution.allowunstable',
895 895 default=None,
896 896 )
897 897 coreconfigitem(
898 898 b'experimental',
899 899 b'evolution.createmarkers',
900 900 default=None,
901 901 )
902 902 coreconfigitem(
903 903 b'experimental',
904 904 b'evolution.effect-flags',
905 905 default=True,
906 906 alias=[(b'experimental', b'effect-flags')],
907 907 )
908 908 coreconfigitem(
909 909 b'experimental',
910 910 b'evolution.exchange',
911 911 default=None,
912 912 )
913 913 coreconfigitem(
914 914 b'experimental',
915 915 b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker',
916 916 default=False,
917 917 )
918 918 coreconfigitem(
919 919 b'experimental',
920 920 b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker:mandatory',
921 921 default=True,
922 922 )
923 923 coreconfigitem(
924 924 b'experimental',
925 925 b'log.topo',
926 926 default=False,
927 927 )
928 928 coreconfigitem(
929 929 b'experimental',
930 930 b'evolution.report-instabilities',
931 931 default=True,
932 932 )
933 933 coreconfigitem(
934 934 b'experimental',
935 935 b'evolution.track-operation',
936 936 default=True,
937 937 )
938 938 # repo-level config to exclude a revset visibility
939 939 #
940 940 # The target use case is to use `share` to expose different subset of the same
941 941 # repository, especially server side. See also `server.view`.
942 942 coreconfigitem(
943 943 b'experimental',
944 944 b'extra-filter-revs',
945 945 default=None,
946 946 )
947 947 coreconfigitem(
948 948 b'experimental',
949 949 b'maxdeltachainspan',
950 950 default=-1,
951 951 )
952 952 # tracks files which were undeleted (merge might delete them but we explicitly
953 953 # kept/undeleted them) and creates new filenodes for them
954 954 coreconfigitem(
955 955 b'experimental',
956 956 b'merge-track-salvaged',
957 957 default=False,
958 958 )
959 959 coreconfigitem(
960 960 b'experimental',
961 961 b'mergetempdirprefix',
962 962 default=None,
963 963 )
964 964 coreconfigitem(
965 965 b'experimental',
966 966 b'mmapindexthreshold',
967 967 default=None,
968 968 )
969 969 coreconfigitem(
970 970 b'experimental',
971 971 b'narrow',
972 972 default=False,
973 973 )
974 974 coreconfigitem(
975 975 b'experimental',
976 976 b'nonnormalparanoidcheck',
977 977 default=False,
978 978 )
979 979 coreconfigitem(
980 980 b'experimental',
981 981 b'exportableenviron',
982 982 default=list,
983 983 )
984 984 coreconfigitem(
985 985 b'experimental',
986 986 b'extendedheader.index',
987 987 default=None,
988 988 )
989 989 coreconfigitem(
990 990 b'experimental',
991 991 b'extendedheader.similarity',
992 992 default=False,
993 993 )
994 994 coreconfigitem(
995 995 b'experimental',
996 996 b'graphshorten',
997 997 default=False,
998 998 )
999 999 coreconfigitem(
1000 1000 b'experimental',
1001 1001 b'graphstyle.parent',
1002 1002 default=dynamicdefault,
1003 1003 )
1004 1004 coreconfigitem(
1005 1005 b'experimental',
1006 1006 b'graphstyle.missing',
1007 1007 default=dynamicdefault,
1008 1008 )
1009 1009 coreconfigitem(
1010 1010 b'experimental',
1011 1011 b'graphstyle.grandparent',
1012 1012 default=dynamicdefault,
1013 1013 )
1014 1014 coreconfigitem(
1015 1015 b'experimental',
1016 1016 b'hook-track-tags',
1017 1017 default=False,
1018 1018 )
1019 1019 coreconfigitem(
1020 1020 b'experimental',
1021 1021 b'httppeer.advertise-v2',
1022 1022 default=False,
1023 1023 )
1024 1024 coreconfigitem(
1025 1025 b'experimental',
1026 1026 b'httppeer.v2-encoder-order',
1027 1027 default=None,
1028 1028 )
1029 1029 coreconfigitem(
1030 1030 b'experimental',
1031 1031 b'httppostargs',
1032 1032 default=False,
1033 1033 )
1034 1034 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt', default=False)
1035 1035 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True)
1036 1036
1037 1037 coreconfigitem(
1038 1038 b'experimental',
1039 1039 b'obsmarkers-exchange-debug',
1040 1040 default=False,
1041 1041 )
1042 1042 coreconfigitem(
1043 1043 b'experimental',
1044 1044 b'remotenames',
1045 1045 default=False,
1046 1046 )
1047 1047 coreconfigitem(
1048 1048 b'experimental',
1049 1049 b'removeemptydirs',
1050 1050 default=True,
1051 1051 )
1052 1052 coreconfigitem(
1053 1053 b'experimental',
1054 1054 b'revert.interactive.select-to-keep',
1055 1055 default=False,
1056 1056 )
1057 1057 coreconfigitem(
1058 1058 b'experimental',
1059 1059 b'revisions.prefixhexnode',
1060 1060 default=False,
1061 1061 )
1062 1062 coreconfigitem(
1063 1063 b'experimental',
1064 1064 b'revlogv2',
1065 1065 default=None,
1066 1066 )
1067 1067 coreconfigitem(
1068 1068 b'experimental',
1069 1069 b'revisions.disambiguatewithin',
1070 1070 default=None,
1071 1071 )
1072 1072 coreconfigitem(
1073 1073 b'experimental',
1074 1074 b'rust.index',
1075 1075 default=False,
1076 1076 )
1077 1077 coreconfigitem(
1078 1078 b'experimental',
1079 1079 b'server.filesdata.recommended-batch-size',
1080 1080 default=50000,
1081 1081 )
1082 1082 coreconfigitem(
1083 1083 b'experimental',
1084 1084 b'server.manifestdata.recommended-batch-size',
1085 1085 default=100000,
1086 1086 )
1087 1087 coreconfigitem(
1088 1088 b'experimental',
1089 1089 b'server.stream-narrow-clones',
1090 1090 default=False,
1091 1091 )
1092 1092 coreconfigitem(
1093 1093 b'experimental',
1094 1094 b'sharesafe-auto-downgrade-shares',
1095 1095 default=False,
1096 1096 )
1097 1097 coreconfigitem(
1098 1098 b'experimental',
1099 1099 b'sharesafe-auto-upgrade-shares',
1100 1100 default=False,
1101 1101 )
1102 1102 coreconfigitem(
1103 1103 b'experimental',
1104 1104 b'sharesafe-auto-upgrade-fail-error',
1105 1105 default=False,
1106 1106 )
1107 1107 coreconfigitem(
1108 1108 b'experimental',
1109 1109 b'sharesafe-warn-outdated-shares',
1110 1110 default=True,
1111 1111 )
1112 1112 coreconfigitem(
1113 1113 b'experimental',
1114 1114 b'single-head-per-branch',
1115 1115 default=False,
1116 1116 )
1117 1117 coreconfigitem(
1118 1118 b'experimental',
1119 1119 b'single-head-per-branch:account-closed-heads',
1120 1120 default=False,
1121 1121 )
1122 1122 coreconfigitem(
1123 1123 b'experimental',
1124 1124 b'single-head-per-branch:public-changes-only',
1125 1125 default=False,
1126 1126 )
1127 1127 coreconfigitem(
1128 1128 b'experimental',
1129 1129 b'sshserver.support-v2',
1130 1130 default=False,
1131 1131 )
1132 1132 coreconfigitem(
1133 1133 b'experimental',
1134 1134 b'sparse-read',
1135 1135 default=False,
1136 1136 )
1137 1137 coreconfigitem(
1138 1138 b'experimental',
1139 1139 b'sparse-read.density-threshold',
1140 1140 default=0.50,
1141 1141 )
1142 1142 coreconfigitem(
1143 1143 b'experimental',
1144 1144 b'sparse-read.min-gap-size',
1145 1145 default=b'65K',
1146 1146 )
1147 1147 coreconfigitem(
1148 1148 b'experimental',
1149 1149 b'treemanifest',
1150 1150 default=False,
1151 1151 )
1152 1152 coreconfigitem(
1153 1153 b'experimental',
1154 1154 b'update.atomic-file',
1155 1155 default=False,
1156 1156 )
1157 1157 coreconfigitem(
1158 1158 b'experimental',
1159 1159 b'sshpeer.advertise-v2',
1160 1160 default=False,
1161 1161 )
1162 1162 coreconfigitem(
1163 1163 b'experimental',
1164 1164 b'web.apiserver',
1165 1165 default=False,
1166 1166 )
1167 1167 coreconfigitem(
1168 1168 b'experimental',
1169 1169 b'web.api.http-v2',
1170 1170 default=False,
1171 1171 )
1172 1172 coreconfigitem(
1173 1173 b'experimental',
1174 1174 b'web.api.debugreflect',
1175 1175 default=False,
1176 1176 )
1177 1177 coreconfigitem(
1178 1178 b'experimental',
1179 1179 b'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe',
1180 1180 default=False,
1181 1181 )
1182 1182 coreconfigitem(
1183 1183 b'experimental',
1184 1184 b'worker.repository-upgrade',
1185 1185 default=False,
1186 1186 )
1187 1187 coreconfigitem(
1188 1188 b'experimental',
1189 1189 b'xdiff',
1190 1190 default=False,
1191 1191 )
1192 1192 coreconfigitem(
1193 1193 b'extensions',
1194 1194 b'.*',
1195 1195 default=None,
1196 1196 generic=True,
1197 1197 )
1198 1198 coreconfigitem(
1199 1199 b'extdata',
1200 1200 b'.*',
1201 1201 default=None,
1202 1202 generic=True,
1203 1203 )
1204 1204 coreconfigitem(
1205 1205 b'format',
1206 1206 b'bookmarks-in-store',
1207 1207 default=False,
1208 1208 )
1209 1209 coreconfigitem(
1210 1210 b'format',
1211 1211 b'chunkcachesize',
1212 1212 default=None,
1213 1213 experimental=True,
1214 1214 )
1215 1215 coreconfigitem(
1216 1216 b'format',
1217 1217 b'dotencode',
1218 1218 default=True,
1219 1219 )
1220 1220 coreconfigitem(
1221 1221 b'format',
1222 1222 b'generaldelta',
1223 1223 default=False,
1224 1224 experimental=True,
1225 1225 )
1226 1226 coreconfigitem(
1227 1227 b'format',
1228 1228 b'manifestcachesize',
1229 1229 default=None,
1230 1230 experimental=True,
1231 1231 )
1232 1232 coreconfigitem(
1233 1233 b'format',
1234 1234 b'maxchainlen',
1235 1235 default=dynamicdefault,
1236 1236 experimental=True,
1237 1237 )
1238 1238 coreconfigitem(
1239 1239 b'format',
1240 1240 b'obsstore-version',
1241 1241 default=None,
1242 1242 )
1243 1243 coreconfigitem(
1244 1244 b'format',
1245 1245 b'sparse-revlog',
1246 1246 default=True,
1247 1247 )
1248 1248 coreconfigitem(
1249 1249 b'format',
1250 1250 b'revlog-compression',
1251 1251 default=lambda: [b'zlib'],
1252 1252 alias=[(b'experimental', b'format.compression')],
1253 1253 )
1254 1254 coreconfigitem(
1255 1255 b'format',
1256 1256 b'usefncache',
1257 1257 default=True,
1258 1258 )
1259 1259 coreconfigitem(
1260 1260 b'format',
1261 1261 b'usegeneraldelta',
1262 1262 default=True,
1263 1263 )
1264 1264 coreconfigitem(
1265 1265 b'format',
1266 1266 b'usestore',
1267 1267 default=True,
1268 1268 )
1269 1269 # Right now, the only efficient implement of the nodemap logic is in Rust,
1270 1270 #
1271 1271 # The case was discussed that the 5.6 sprint and the following was decided for
1272 1272 # feature that have an optional fast implementation (and are a performance
1273 1273 # regression in the others)
1274 1274 #
1275 1275 # * If the fast implementation is not available, Mercurial will refuse to
1276 1276 # access repository that requires it. Pointing to proper documentation
1277 1277 #
1278 1278 # * An option exist to lift that limitation and allow repository access.
1279 1279 #
1280 1280 # Such access will emit a warning unless configured not to.
1281 1281 #
1282 1282 # * When sufficiently mature, the feature can be enabled by default only for
1283 1283 # installation that supports it.
1284 1284 coreconfigitem(
1285 1285 b'format', b'use-persistent-nodemap', default=False, experimental=True
1286 1286 )
1287 1287 coreconfigitem(
1288 1288 b'format',
1289 1289 b'exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset',
1290 1290 default=False,
1291 1291 experimental=True,
1292 1292 )
1293 1293 coreconfigitem(
1294 1294 b'format',
1295 1295 b'exp-use-side-data',
1296 1296 default=False,
1297 1297 experimental=True,
1298 1298 )
1299 1299 coreconfigitem(
1300 1300 b'format',
1301 1301 b'exp-share-safe',
1302 1302 default=False,
1303 1303 experimental=True,
1304 1304 )
1305 1305 coreconfigitem(
1306 1306 b'format',
1307 1307 b'internal-phase',
1308 1308 default=False,
1309 1309 experimental=True,
1310 1310 )
1311 1311 coreconfigitem(
1312 1312 b'fsmonitor',
1313 1313 b'warn_when_unused',
1314 1314 default=True,
1315 1315 )
1316 1316 coreconfigitem(
1317 1317 b'fsmonitor',
1318 1318 b'warn_update_file_count',
1319 1319 default=50000,
1320 1320 )
1321 1321 coreconfigitem(
1322 1322 b'fsmonitor',
1323 1323 b'warn_update_file_count_rust',
1324 1324 default=400000,
1325 1325 )
1326 1326 coreconfigitem(
1327 1327 b'help',
1328 1328 br'hidden-command\..*',
1329 1329 default=False,
1330 1330 generic=True,
1331 1331 )
1332 1332 coreconfigitem(
1333 1333 b'help',
1334 1334 br'hidden-topic\..*',
1335 1335 default=False,
1336 1336 generic=True,
1337 1337 )
1338 1338 coreconfigitem(
1339 1339 b'hooks',
1340 1340 b'.*',
1341 1341 default=dynamicdefault,
1342 1342 generic=True,
1343 1343 )
1344 1344 coreconfigitem(
1345 1345 b'hgweb-paths',
1346 1346 b'.*',
1347 1347 default=list,
1348 1348 generic=True,
1349 1349 )
1350 1350 coreconfigitem(
1351 1351 b'hostfingerprints',
1352 1352 b'.*',
1353 1353 default=list,
1354 1354 generic=True,
1355 1355 )
1356 1356 coreconfigitem(
1357 1357 b'hostsecurity',
1358 1358 b'ciphers',
1359 1359 default=None,
1360 1360 )
1361 1361 coreconfigitem(
1362 1362 b'hostsecurity',
1363 1363 b'minimumprotocol',
1364 1364 default=dynamicdefault,
1365 1365 )
1366 1366 coreconfigitem(
1367 1367 b'hostsecurity',
1368 1368 b'.*:minimumprotocol$',
1369 1369 default=dynamicdefault,
1370 1370 generic=True,
1371 1371 )
1372 1372 coreconfigitem(
1373 1373 b'hostsecurity',
1374 1374 b'.*:ciphers$',
1375 1375 default=dynamicdefault,
1376 1376 generic=True,
1377 1377 )
1378 1378 coreconfigitem(
1379 1379 b'hostsecurity',
1380 1380 b'.*:fingerprints$',
1381 1381 default=list,
1382 1382 generic=True,
1383 1383 )
1384 1384 coreconfigitem(
1385 1385 b'hostsecurity',
1386 1386 b'.*:verifycertsfile$',
1387 1387 default=None,
1388 1388 generic=True,
1389 1389 )
1390 1390
1391 1391 coreconfigitem(
1392 1392 b'http_proxy',
1393 1393 b'always',
1394 1394 default=False,
1395 1395 )
1396 1396 coreconfigitem(
1397 1397 b'http_proxy',
1398 1398 b'host',
1399 1399 default=None,
1400 1400 )
1401 1401 coreconfigitem(
1402 1402 b'http_proxy',
1403 1403 b'no',
1404 1404 default=list,
1405 1405 )
1406 1406 coreconfigitem(
1407 1407 b'http_proxy',
1408 1408 b'passwd',
1409 1409 default=None,
1410 1410 )
1411 1411 coreconfigitem(
1412 1412 b'http_proxy',
1413 1413 b'user',
1414 1414 default=None,
1415 1415 )
1416 1416
1417 1417 coreconfigitem(
1418 1418 b'http',
1419 1419 b'timeout',
1420 1420 default=None,
1421 1421 )
1422 1422
1423 1423 coreconfigitem(
1424 1424 b'logtoprocess',
1425 1425 b'commandexception',
1426 1426 default=None,
1427 1427 )
1428 1428 coreconfigitem(
1429 1429 b'logtoprocess',
1430 1430 b'commandfinish',
1431 1431 default=None,
1432 1432 )
1433 1433 coreconfigitem(
1434 1434 b'logtoprocess',
1435 1435 b'command',
1436 1436 default=None,
1437 1437 )
1438 1438 coreconfigitem(
1439 1439 b'logtoprocess',
1440 1440 b'develwarn',
1441 1441 default=None,
1442 1442 )
1443 1443 coreconfigitem(
1444 1444 b'logtoprocess',
1445 1445 b'uiblocked',
1446 1446 default=None,
1447 1447 )
1448 1448 coreconfigitem(
1449 1449 b'merge',
1450 1450 b'checkunknown',
1451 1451 default=b'abort',
1452 1452 )
1453 1453 coreconfigitem(
1454 1454 b'merge',
1455 1455 b'checkignored',
1456 1456 default=b'abort',
1457 1457 )
1458 1458 coreconfigitem(
1459 1459 b'experimental',
1460 1460 b'merge.checkpathconflicts',
1461 1461 default=False,
1462 1462 )
1463 1463 coreconfigitem(
1464 1464 b'merge',
1465 1465 b'followcopies',
1466 1466 default=True,
1467 1467 )
1468 1468 coreconfigitem(
1469 1469 b'merge',
1470 1470 b'on-failure',
1471 1471 default=b'continue',
1472 1472 )
1473 1473 coreconfigitem(
1474 1474 b'merge',
1475 1475 b'preferancestor',
1476 1476 default=lambda: [b'*'],
1477 1477 experimental=True,
1478 1478 )
1479 1479 coreconfigitem(
1480 1480 b'merge',
1481 1481 b'strict-capability-check',
1482 1482 default=False,
1483 1483 )
1484 1484 coreconfigitem(
1485 1485 b'merge-tools',
1486 1486 b'.*',
1487 1487 default=None,
1488 1488 generic=True,
1489 1489 )
1490 1490 coreconfigitem(
1491 1491 b'merge-tools',
1492 1492 br'.*\.args$',
1493 1493 default=b"$local $base $other",
1494 1494 generic=True,
1495 1495 priority=-1,
1496 1496 )
1497 1497 coreconfigitem(
1498 1498 b'merge-tools',
1499 1499 br'.*\.binary$',
1500 1500 default=False,
1501 1501 generic=True,
1502 1502 priority=-1,
1503 1503 )
1504 1504 coreconfigitem(
1505 1505 b'merge-tools',
1506 1506 br'.*\.check$',
1507 1507 default=list,
1508 1508 generic=True,
1509 1509 priority=-1,
1510 1510 )
1511 1511 coreconfigitem(
1512 1512 b'merge-tools',
1513 1513 br'.*\.checkchanged$',
1514 1514 default=False,
1515 1515 generic=True,
1516 1516 priority=-1,
1517 1517 )
1518 1518 coreconfigitem(
1519 1519 b'merge-tools',
1520 1520 br'.*\.executable$',
1521 1521 default=dynamicdefault,
1522 1522 generic=True,
1523 1523 priority=-1,
1524 1524 )
1525 1525 coreconfigitem(
1526 1526 b'merge-tools',
1527 1527 br'.*\.fixeol$',
1528 1528 default=False,
1529 1529 generic=True,
1530 1530 priority=-1,
1531 1531 )
1532 1532 coreconfigitem(
1533 1533 b'merge-tools',
1534 1534 br'.*\.gui$',
1535 1535 default=False,
1536 1536 generic=True,
1537 1537 priority=-1,
1538 1538 )
1539 1539 coreconfigitem(
1540 1540 b'merge-tools',
1541 1541 br'.*\.mergemarkers$',
1542 1542 default=b'basic',
1543 1543 generic=True,
1544 1544 priority=-1,
1545 1545 )
1546 1546 coreconfigitem(
1547 1547 b'merge-tools',
1548 1548 br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$',
1549 1549 default=dynamicdefault, # take from command-templates.mergemarker
1550 1550 generic=True,
1551 1551 priority=-1,
1552 1552 )
1553 1553 coreconfigitem(
1554 1554 b'merge-tools',
1555 1555 br'.*\.priority$',
1556 1556 default=0,
1557 1557 generic=True,
1558 1558 priority=-1,
1559 1559 )
1560 1560 coreconfigitem(
1561 1561 b'merge-tools',
1562 1562 br'.*\.premerge$',
1563 1563 default=dynamicdefault,
1564 1564 generic=True,
1565 1565 priority=-1,
1566 1566 )
1567 1567 coreconfigitem(
1568 1568 b'merge-tools',
1569 1569 br'.*\.symlink$',
1570 1570 default=False,
1571 1571 generic=True,
1572 1572 priority=-1,
1573 1573 )
1574 1574 coreconfigitem(
1575 1575 b'pager',
1576 1576 b'attend-.*',
1577 1577 default=dynamicdefault,
1578 1578 generic=True,
1579 1579 )
1580 1580 coreconfigitem(
1581 1581 b'pager',
1582 1582 b'ignore',
1583 1583 default=list,
1584 1584 )
1585 1585 coreconfigitem(
1586 1586 b'pager',
1587 1587 b'pager',
1588 1588 default=dynamicdefault,
1589 1589 )
1590 1590 coreconfigitem(
1591 1591 b'patch',
1592 1592 b'eol',
1593 1593 default=b'strict',
1594 1594 )
1595 1595 coreconfigitem(
1596 1596 b'patch',
1597 1597 b'fuzz',
1598 1598 default=2,
1599 1599 )
1600 1600 coreconfigitem(
1601 1601 b'paths',
1602 1602 b'default',
1603 1603 default=None,
1604 1604 )
1605 1605 coreconfigitem(
1606 1606 b'paths',
1607 1607 b'default-push',
1608 1608 default=None,
1609 1609 )
1610 1610 coreconfigitem(
1611 1611 b'paths',
1612 1612 b'.*',
1613 1613 default=None,
1614 1614 generic=True,
1615 1615 )
1616 1616 coreconfigitem(
1617 1617 b'phases',
1618 1618 b'checksubrepos',
1619 1619 default=b'follow',
1620 1620 )
1621 1621 coreconfigitem(
1622 1622 b'phases',
1623 1623 b'new-commit',
1624 1624 default=b'draft',
1625 1625 )
1626 1626 coreconfigitem(
1627 1627 b'phases',
1628 1628 b'publish',
1629 1629 default=True,
1630 1630 )
1631 1631 coreconfigitem(
1632 1632 b'profiling',
1633 1633 b'enabled',
1634 1634 default=False,
1635 1635 )
1636 1636 coreconfigitem(
1637 1637 b'profiling',
1638 1638 b'format',
1639 1639 default=b'text',
1640 1640 )
1641 1641 coreconfigitem(
1642 1642 b'profiling',
1643 1643 b'freq',
1644 1644 default=1000,
1645 1645 )
1646 1646 coreconfigitem(
1647 1647 b'profiling',
1648 1648 b'limit',
1649 1649 default=30,
1650 1650 )
1651 1651 coreconfigitem(
1652 1652 b'profiling',
1653 1653 b'nested',
1654 1654 default=0,
1655 1655 )
1656 1656 coreconfigitem(
1657 1657 b'profiling',
1658 1658 b'output',
1659 1659 default=None,
1660 1660 )
1661 1661 coreconfigitem(
1662 1662 b'profiling',
1663 1663 b'showmax',
1664 1664 default=0.999,
1665 1665 )
1666 1666 coreconfigitem(
1667 1667 b'profiling',
1668 1668 b'showmin',
1669 1669 default=dynamicdefault,
1670 1670 )
1671 1671 coreconfigitem(
1672 1672 b'profiling',
1673 1673 b'showtime',
1674 1674 default=True,
1675 1675 )
1676 1676 coreconfigitem(
1677 1677 b'profiling',
1678 1678 b'sort',
1679 1679 default=b'inlinetime',
1680 1680 )
1681 1681 coreconfigitem(
1682 1682 b'profiling',
1683 1683 b'statformat',
1684 1684 default=b'hotpath',
1685 1685 )
1686 1686 coreconfigitem(
1687 1687 b'profiling',
1688 1688 b'time-track',
1689 1689 default=dynamicdefault,
1690 1690 )
1691 1691 coreconfigitem(
1692 1692 b'profiling',
1693 1693 b'type',
1694 1694 default=b'stat',
1695 1695 )
1696 1696 coreconfigitem(
1697 1697 b'progress',
1698 1698 b'assume-tty',
1699 1699 default=False,
1700 1700 )
1701 1701 coreconfigitem(
1702 1702 b'progress',
1703 1703 b'changedelay',
1704 1704 default=1,
1705 1705 )
1706 1706 coreconfigitem(
1707 1707 b'progress',
1708 1708 b'clear-complete',
1709 1709 default=True,
1710 1710 )
1711 1711 coreconfigitem(
1712 1712 b'progress',
1713 1713 b'debug',
1714 1714 default=False,
1715 1715 )
1716 1716 coreconfigitem(
1717 1717 b'progress',
1718 1718 b'delay',
1719 1719 default=3,
1720 1720 )
1721 1721 coreconfigitem(
1722 1722 b'progress',
1723 1723 b'disable',
1724 1724 default=False,
1725 1725 )
1726 1726 coreconfigitem(
1727 1727 b'progress',
1728 1728 b'estimateinterval',
1729 1729 default=60.0,
1730 1730 )
1731 1731 coreconfigitem(
1732 1732 b'progress',
1733 1733 b'format',
1734 1734 default=lambda: [b'topic', b'bar', b'number', b'estimate'],
1735 1735 )
1736 1736 coreconfigitem(
1737 1737 b'progress',
1738 1738 b'refresh',
1739 1739 default=0.1,
1740 1740 )
1741 1741 coreconfigitem(
1742 1742 b'progress',
1743 1743 b'width',
1744 1744 default=dynamicdefault,
1745 1745 )
1746 1746 coreconfigitem(
1747 1747 b'pull',
1748 1748 b'confirm',
1749 1749 default=False,
1750 1750 )
1751 1751 coreconfigitem(
1752 1752 b'push',
1753 1753 b'pushvars.server',
1754 1754 default=False,
1755 1755 )
1756 1756 coreconfigitem(
1757 1757 b'rewrite',
1758 1758 b'backup-bundle',
1759 1759 default=True,
1760 1760 alias=[(b'ui', b'history-editing-backup')],
1761 1761 )
1762 1762 coreconfigitem(
1763 1763 b'rewrite',
1764 1764 b'update-timestamp',
1765 1765 default=False,
1766 1766 )
1767 1767 coreconfigitem(
1768 1768 b'rewrite',
1769 1769 b'empty-successor',
1770 1770 default=b'skip',
1771 1771 experimental=True,
1772 1772 )
1773 1773 coreconfigitem(
1774 1774 b'storage',
1775 1775 b'new-repo-backend',
1776 1776 default=b'revlogv1',
1777 1777 experimental=True,
1778 1778 )
1779 1779 coreconfigitem(
1780 1780 b'storage',
1781 1781 b'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice',
1782 1782 default=True,
1783 1783 alias=[(b'format', b'aggressivemergedeltas')],
1784 1784 )
1785 1785 # experimental as long as rust is experimental (or a C version is implemented)
1786 1786 coreconfigitem(
1787 1787 b'storage',
1788 1788 b'revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap',
1789 1789 default=True,
1790 1790 experimental=True,
1791 1791 )
1792 1792 # experimental as long as format.use-persistent-nodemap is.
1793 1793 coreconfigitem(
1794 1794 b'storage', b'revlog.nodemap.mode', default=b'compat', experimental=True
1795 1795 )
1796 1796 # experimental as long as format.use-persistent-nodemap is.
1797 1797 coreconfigitem(
1798 1798 b'storage',
1799 1799 b'revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path',
1800 default=b"warn",
1800 default=b"abort",
1801 1801 experimental=True,
1802 1802 )
1803 1803
1804 1804 coreconfigitem(
1805 1805 b'storage',
1806 1806 b'revlog.reuse-external-delta',
1807 1807 default=True,
1808 1808 )
1809 1809 coreconfigitem(
1810 1810 b'storage',
1811 1811 b'revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent',
1812 1812 default=None,
1813 1813 )
1814 1814 coreconfigitem(
1815 1815 b'storage',
1816 1816 b'revlog.zlib.level',
1817 1817 default=None,
1818 1818 )
1819 1819 coreconfigitem(
1820 1820 b'storage',
1821 1821 b'revlog.zstd.level',
1822 1822 default=None,
1823 1823 )
1824 1824 coreconfigitem(
1825 1825 b'server',
1826 1826 b'bookmarks-pushkey-compat',
1827 1827 default=True,
1828 1828 )
1829 1829 coreconfigitem(
1830 1830 b'server',
1831 1831 b'bundle1',
1832 1832 default=True,
1833 1833 )
1834 1834 coreconfigitem(
1835 1835 b'server',
1836 1836 b'bundle1gd',
1837 1837 default=None,
1838 1838 )
1839 1839 coreconfigitem(
1840 1840 b'server',
1841 1841 b'bundle1.pull',
1842 1842 default=None,
1843 1843 )
1844 1844 coreconfigitem(
1845 1845 b'server',
1846 1846 b'bundle1gd.pull',
1847 1847 default=None,
1848 1848 )
1849 1849 coreconfigitem(
1850 1850 b'server',
1851 1851 b'bundle1.push',
1852 1852 default=None,
1853 1853 )
1854 1854 coreconfigitem(
1855 1855 b'server',
1856 1856 b'bundle1gd.push',
1857 1857 default=None,
1858 1858 )
1859 1859 coreconfigitem(
1860 1860 b'server',
1861 1861 b'bundle2.stream',
1862 1862 default=True,
1863 1863 alias=[(b'experimental', b'bundle2.stream')],
1864 1864 )
1865 1865 coreconfigitem(
1866 1866 b'server',
1867 1867 b'compressionengines',
1868 1868 default=list,
1869 1869 )
1870 1870 coreconfigitem(
1871 1871 b'server',
1872 1872 b'concurrent-push-mode',
1873 1873 default=b'check-related',
1874 1874 )
1875 1875 coreconfigitem(
1876 1876 b'server',
1877 1877 b'disablefullbundle',
1878 1878 default=False,
1879 1879 )
1880 1880 coreconfigitem(
1881 1881 b'server',
1882 1882 b'maxhttpheaderlen',
1883 1883 default=1024,
1884 1884 )
1885 1885 coreconfigitem(
1886 1886 b'server',
1887 1887 b'pullbundle',
1888 1888 default=False,
1889 1889 )
1890 1890 coreconfigitem(
1891 1891 b'server',
1892 1892 b'preferuncompressed',
1893 1893 default=False,
1894 1894 )
1895 1895 coreconfigitem(
1896 1896 b'server',
1897 1897 b'streamunbundle',
1898 1898 default=False,
1899 1899 )
1900 1900 coreconfigitem(
1901 1901 b'server',
1902 1902 b'uncompressed',
1903 1903 default=True,
1904 1904 )
1905 1905 coreconfigitem(
1906 1906 b'server',
1907 1907 b'uncompressedallowsecret',
1908 1908 default=False,
1909 1909 )
1910 1910 coreconfigitem(
1911 1911 b'server',
1912 1912 b'view',
1913 1913 default=b'served',
1914 1914 )
1915 1915 coreconfigitem(
1916 1916 b'server',
1917 1917 b'validate',
1918 1918 default=False,
1919 1919 )
1920 1920 coreconfigitem(
1921 1921 b'server',
1922 1922 b'zliblevel',
1923 1923 default=-1,
1924 1924 )
1925 1925 coreconfigitem(
1926 1926 b'server',
1927 1927 b'zstdlevel',
1928 1928 default=3,
1929 1929 )
1930 1930 coreconfigitem(
1931 1931 b'share',
1932 1932 b'pool',
1933 1933 default=None,
1934 1934 )
1935 1935 coreconfigitem(
1936 1936 b'share',
1937 1937 b'poolnaming',
1938 1938 default=b'identity',
1939 1939 )
1940 1940 coreconfigitem(
1941 1941 b'shelve',
1942 1942 b'maxbackups',
1943 1943 default=10,
1944 1944 )
1945 1945 coreconfigitem(
1946 1946 b'smtp',
1947 1947 b'host',
1948 1948 default=None,
1949 1949 )
1950 1950 coreconfigitem(
1951 1951 b'smtp',
1952 1952 b'local_hostname',
1953 1953 default=None,
1954 1954 )
1955 1955 coreconfigitem(
1956 1956 b'smtp',
1957 1957 b'password',
1958 1958 default=None,
1959 1959 )
1960 1960 coreconfigitem(
1961 1961 b'smtp',
1962 1962 b'port',
1963 1963 default=dynamicdefault,
1964 1964 )
1965 1965 coreconfigitem(
1966 1966 b'smtp',
1967 1967 b'tls',
1968 1968 default=b'none',
1969 1969 )
1970 1970 coreconfigitem(
1971 1971 b'smtp',
1972 1972 b'username',
1973 1973 default=None,
1974 1974 )
1975 1975 coreconfigitem(
1976 1976 b'sparse',
1977 1977 b'missingwarning',
1978 1978 default=True,
1979 1979 experimental=True,
1980 1980 )
1981 1981 coreconfigitem(
1982 1982 b'subrepos',
1983 1983 b'allowed',
1984 1984 default=dynamicdefault, # to make backporting simpler
1985 1985 )
1986 1986 coreconfigitem(
1987 1987 b'subrepos',
1988 1988 b'hg:allowed',
1989 1989 default=dynamicdefault,
1990 1990 )
1991 1991 coreconfigitem(
1992 1992 b'subrepos',
1993 1993 b'git:allowed',
1994 1994 default=dynamicdefault,
1995 1995 )
1996 1996 coreconfigitem(
1997 1997 b'subrepos',
1998 1998 b'svn:allowed',
1999 1999 default=dynamicdefault,
2000 2000 )
2001 2001 coreconfigitem(
2002 2002 b'templates',
2003 2003 b'.*',
2004 2004 default=None,
2005 2005 generic=True,
2006 2006 )
2007 2007 coreconfigitem(
2008 2008 b'templateconfig',
2009 2009 b'.*',
2010 2010 default=dynamicdefault,
2011 2011 generic=True,
2012 2012 )
2013 2013 coreconfigitem(
2014 2014 b'trusted',
2015 2015 b'groups',
2016 2016 default=list,
2017 2017 )
2018 2018 coreconfigitem(
2019 2019 b'trusted',
2020 2020 b'users',
2021 2021 default=list,
2022 2022 )
2023 2023 coreconfigitem(
2024 2024 b'ui',
2025 2025 b'_usedassubrepo',
2026 2026 default=False,
2027 2027 )
2028 2028 coreconfigitem(
2029 2029 b'ui',
2030 2030 b'allowemptycommit',
2031 2031 default=False,
2032 2032 )
2033 2033 coreconfigitem(
2034 2034 b'ui',
2035 2035 b'archivemeta',
2036 2036 default=True,
2037 2037 )
2038 2038 coreconfigitem(
2039 2039 b'ui',
2040 2040 b'askusername',
2041 2041 default=False,
2042 2042 )
2043 2043 coreconfigitem(
2044 2044 b'ui',
2045 2045 b'available-memory',
2046 2046 default=None,
2047 2047 )
2048 2048
2049 2049 coreconfigitem(
2050 2050 b'ui',
2051 2051 b'clonebundlefallback',
2052 2052 default=False,
2053 2053 )
2054 2054 coreconfigitem(
2055 2055 b'ui',
2056 2056 b'clonebundleprefers',
2057 2057 default=list,
2058 2058 )
2059 2059 coreconfigitem(
2060 2060 b'ui',
2061 2061 b'clonebundles',
2062 2062 default=True,
2063 2063 )
2064 2064 coreconfigitem(
2065 2065 b'ui',
2066 2066 b'color',
2067 2067 default=b'auto',
2068 2068 )
2069 2069 coreconfigitem(
2070 2070 b'ui',
2071 2071 b'commitsubrepos',
2072 2072 default=False,
2073 2073 )
2074 2074 coreconfigitem(
2075 2075 b'ui',
2076 2076 b'debug',
2077 2077 default=False,
2078 2078 )
2079 2079 coreconfigitem(
2080 2080 b'ui',
2081 2081 b'debugger',
2082 2082 default=None,
2083 2083 )
2084 2084 coreconfigitem(
2085 2085 b'ui',
2086 2086 b'editor',
2087 2087 default=dynamicdefault,
2088 2088 )
2089 2089 coreconfigitem(
2090 2090 b'ui',
2091 2091 b'detailed-exit-code',
2092 2092 default=False,
2093 2093 experimental=True,
2094 2094 )
2095 2095 coreconfigitem(
2096 2096 b'ui',
2097 2097 b'fallbackencoding',
2098 2098 default=None,
2099 2099 )
2100 2100 coreconfigitem(
2101 2101 b'ui',
2102 2102 b'forcecwd',
2103 2103 default=None,
2104 2104 )
2105 2105 coreconfigitem(
2106 2106 b'ui',
2107 2107 b'forcemerge',
2108 2108 default=None,
2109 2109 )
2110 2110 coreconfigitem(
2111 2111 b'ui',
2112 2112 b'formatdebug',
2113 2113 default=False,
2114 2114 )
2115 2115 coreconfigitem(
2116 2116 b'ui',
2117 2117 b'formatjson',
2118 2118 default=False,
2119 2119 )
2120 2120 coreconfigitem(
2121 2121 b'ui',
2122 2122 b'formatted',
2123 2123 default=None,
2124 2124 )
2125 2125 coreconfigitem(
2126 2126 b'ui',
2127 2127 b'interactive',
2128 2128 default=None,
2129 2129 )
2130 2130 coreconfigitem(
2131 2131 b'ui',
2132 2132 b'interface',
2133 2133 default=None,
2134 2134 )
2135 2135 coreconfigitem(
2136 2136 b'ui',
2137 2137 b'interface.chunkselector',
2138 2138 default=None,
2139 2139 )
2140 2140 coreconfigitem(
2141 2141 b'ui',
2142 2142 b'large-file-limit',
2143 2143 default=10000000,
2144 2144 )
2145 2145 coreconfigitem(
2146 2146 b'ui',
2147 2147 b'logblockedtimes',
2148 2148 default=False,
2149 2149 )
2150 2150 coreconfigitem(
2151 2151 b'ui',
2152 2152 b'merge',
2153 2153 default=None,
2154 2154 )
2155 2155 coreconfigitem(
2156 2156 b'ui',
2157 2157 b'mergemarkers',
2158 2158 default=b'basic',
2159 2159 )
2160 2160 coreconfigitem(
2161 2161 b'ui',
2162 2162 b'message-output',
2163 2163 default=b'stdio',
2164 2164 )
2165 2165 coreconfigitem(
2166 2166 b'ui',
2167 2167 b'nontty',
2168 2168 default=False,
2169 2169 )
2170 2170 coreconfigitem(
2171 2171 b'ui',
2172 2172 b'origbackuppath',
2173 2173 default=None,
2174 2174 )
2175 2175 coreconfigitem(
2176 2176 b'ui',
2177 2177 b'paginate',
2178 2178 default=True,
2179 2179 )
2180 2180 coreconfigitem(
2181 2181 b'ui',
2182 2182 b'patch',
2183 2183 default=None,
2184 2184 )
2185 2185 coreconfigitem(
2186 2186 b'ui',
2187 2187 b'portablefilenames',
2188 2188 default=b'warn',
2189 2189 )
2190 2190 coreconfigitem(
2191 2191 b'ui',
2192 2192 b'promptecho',
2193 2193 default=False,
2194 2194 )
2195 2195 coreconfigitem(
2196 2196 b'ui',
2197 2197 b'quiet',
2198 2198 default=False,
2199 2199 )
2200 2200 coreconfigitem(
2201 2201 b'ui',
2202 2202 b'quietbookmarkmove',
2203 2203 default=False,
2204 2204 )
2205 2205 coreconfigitem(
2206 2206 b'ui',
2207 2207 b'relative-paths',
2208 2208 default=b'legacy',
2209 2209 )
2210 2210 coreconfigitem(
2211 2211 b'ui',
2212 2212 b'remotecmd',
2213 2213 default=b'hg',
2214 2214 )
2215 2215 coreconfigitem(
2216 2216 b'ui',
2217 2217 b'report_untrusted',
2218 2218 default=True,
2219 2219 )
2220 2220 coreconfigitem(
2221 2221 b'ui',
2222 2222 b'rollback',
2223 2223 default=True,
2224 2224 )
2225 2225 coreconfigitem(
2226 2226 b'ui',
2227 2227 b'signal-safe-lock',
2228 2228 default=True,
2229 2229 )
2230 2230 coreconfigitem(
2231 2231 b'ui',
2232 2232 b'slash',
2233 2233 default=False,
2234 2234 )
2235 2235 coreconfigitem(
2236 2236 b'ui',
2237 2237 b'ssh',
2238 2238 default=b'ssh',
2239 2239 )
2240 2240 coreconfigitem(
2241 2241 b'ui',
2242 2242 b'ssherrorhint',
2243 2243 default=None,
2244 2244 )
2245 2245 coreconfigitem(
2246 2246 b'ui',
2247 2247 b'statuscopies',
2248 2248 default=False,
2249 2249 )
2250 2250 coreconfigitem(
2251 2251 b'ui',
2252 2252 b'strict',
2253 2253 default=False,
2254 2254 )
2255 2255 coreconfigitem(
2256 2256 b'ui',
2257 2257 b'style',
2258 2258 default=b'',
2259 2259 )
2260 2260 coreconfigitem(
2261 2261 b'ui',
2262 2262 b'supportcontact',
2263 2263 default=None,
2264 2264 )
2265 2265 coreconfigitem(
2266 2266 b'ui',
2267 2267 b'textwidth',
2268 2268 default=78,
2269 2269 )
2270 2270 coreconfigitem(
2271 2271 b'ui',
2272 2272 b'timeout',
2273 2273 default=b'600',
2274 2274 )
2275 2275 coreconfigitem(
2276 2276 b'ui',
2277 2277 b'timeout.warn',
2278 2278 default=0,
2279 2279 )
2280 2280 coreconfigitem(
2281 2281 b'ui',
2282 2282 b'timestamp-output',
2283 2283 default=False,
2284 2284 )
2285 2285 coreconfigitem(
2286 2286 b'ui',
2287 2287 b'traceback',
2288 2288 default=False,
2289 2289 )
2290 2290 coreconfigitem(
2291 2291 b'ui',
2292 2292 b'tweakdefaults',
2293 2293 default=False,
2294 2294 )
2295 2295 coreconfigitem(b'ui', b'username', alias=[(b'ui', b'user')])
2296 2296 coreconfigitem(
2297 2297 b'ui',
2298 2298 b'verbose',
2299 2299 default=False,
2300 2300 )
2301 2301 coreconfigitem(
2302 2302 b'verify',
2303 2303 b'skipflags',
2304 2304 default=None,
2305 2305 )
2306 2306 coreconfigitem(
2307 2307 b'web',
2308 2308 b'allowbz2',
2309 2309 default=False,
2310 2310 )
2311 2311 coreconfigitem(
2312 2312 b'web',
2313 2313 b'allowgz',
2314 2314 default=False,
2315 2315 )
2316 2316 coreconfigitem(
2317 2317 b'web',
2318 2318 b'allow-pull',
2319 2319 alias=[(b'web', b'allowpull')],
2320 2320 default=True,
2321 2321 )
2322 2322 coreconfigitem(
2323 2323 b'web',
2324 2324 b'allow-push',
2325 2325 alias=[(b'web', b'allow_push')],
2326 2326 default=list,
2327 2327 )
2328 2328 coreconfigitem(
2329 2329 b'web',
2330 2330 b'allowzip',
2331 2331 default=False,
2332 2332 )
2333 2333 coreconfigitem(
2334 2334 b'web',
2335 2335 b'archivesubrepos',
2336 2336 default=False,
2337 2337 )
2338 2338 coreconfigitem(
2339 2339 b'web',
2340 2340 b'cache',
2341 2341 default=True,
2342 2342 )
2343 2343 coreconfigitem(
2344 2344 b'web',
2345 2345 b'comparisoncontext',
2346 2346 default=5,
2347 2347 )
2348 2348 coreconfigitem(
2349 2349 b'web',
2350 2350 b'contact',
2351 2351 default=None,
2352 2352 )
2353 2353 coreconfigitem(
2354 2354 b'web',
2355 2355 b'deny_push',
2356 2356 default=list,
2357 2357 )
2358 2358 coreconfigitem(
2359 2359 b'web',
2360 2360 b'guessmime',
2361 2361 default=False,
2362 2362 )
2363 2363 coreconfigitem(
2364 2364 b'web',
2365 2365 b'hidden',
2366 2366 default=False,
2367 2367 )
2368 2368 coreconfigitem(
2369 2369 b'web',
2370 2370 b'labels',
2371 2371 default=list,
2372 2372 )
2373 2373 coreconfigitem(
2374 2374 b'web',
2375 2375 b'logoimg',
2376 2376 default=b'hglogo.png',
2377 2377 )
2378 2378 coreconfigitem(
2379 2379 b'web',
2380 2380 b'logourl',
2381 2381 default=b'https://mercurial-scm.org/',
2382 2382 )
2383 2383 coreconfigitem(
2384 2384 b'web',
2385 2385 b'accesslog',
2386 2386 default=b'-',
2387 2387 )
2388 2388 coreconfigitem(
2389 2389 b'web',
2390 2390 b'address',
2391 2391 default=b'',
2392 2392 )
2393 2393 coreconfigitem(
2394 2394 b'web',
2395 2395 b'allow-archive',
2396 2396 alias=[(b'web', b'allow_archive')],
2397 2397 default=list,
2398 2398 )
2399 2399 coreconfigitem(
2400 2400 b'web',
2401 2401 b'allow_read',
2402 2402 default=list,
2403 2403 )
2404 2404 coreconfigitem(
2405 2405 b'web',
2406 2406 b'baseurl',
2407 2407 default=None,
2408 2408 )
2409 2409 coreconfigitem(
2410 2410 b'web',
2411 2411 b'cacerts',
2412 2412 default=None,
2413 2413 )
2414 2414 coreconfigitem(
2415 2415 b'web',
2416 2416 b'certificate',
2417 2417 default=None,
2418 2418 )
2419 2419 coreconfigitem(
2420 2420 b'web',
2421 2421 b'collapse',
2422 2422 default=False,
2423 2423 )
2424 2424 coreconfigitem(
2425 2425 b'web',
2426 2426 b'csp',
2427 2427 default=None,
2428 2428 )
2429 2429 coreconfigitem(
2430 2430 b'web',
2431 2431 b'deny_read',
2432 2432 default=list,
2433 2433 )
2434 2434 coreconfigitem(
2435 2435 b'web',
2436 2436 b'descend',
2437 2437 default=True,
2438 2438 )
2439 2439 coreconfigitem(
2440 2440 b'web',
2441 2441 b'description',
2442 2442 default=b"",
2443 2443 )
2444 2444 coreconfigitem(
2445 2445 b'web',
2446 2446 b'encoding',
2447 2447 default=lambda: encoding.encoding,
2448 2448 )
2449 2449 coreconfigitem(
2450 2450 b'web',
2451 2451 b'errorlog',
2452 2452 default=b'-',
2453 2453 )
2454 2454 coreconfigitem(
2455 2455 b'web',
2456 2456 b'ipv6',
2457 2457 default=False,
2458 2458 )
2459 2459 coreconfigitem(
2460 2460 b'web',
2461 2461 b'maxchanges',
2462 2462 default=10,
2463 2463 )
2464 2464 coreconfigitem(
2465 2465 b'web',
2466 2466 b'maxfiles',
2467 2467 default=10,
2468 2468 )
2469 2469 coreconfigitem(
2470 2470 b'web',
2471 2471 b'maxshortchanges',
2472 2472 default=60,
2473 2473 )
2474 2474 coreconfigitem(
2475 2475 b'web',
2476 2476 b'motd',
2477 2477 default=b'',
2478 2478 )
2479 2479 coreconfigitem(
2480 2480 b'web',
2481 2481 b'name',
2482 2482 default=dynamicdefault,
2483 2483 )
2484 2484 coreconfigitem(
2485 2485 b'web',
2486 2486 b'port',
2487 2487 default=8000,
2488 2488 )
2489 2489 coreconfigitem(
2490 2490 b'web',
2491 2491 b'prefix',
2492 2492 default=b'',
2493 2493 )
2494 2494 coreconfigitem(
2495 2495 b'web',
2496 2496 b'push_ssl',
2497 2497 default=True,
2498 2498 )
2499 2499 coreconfigitem(
2500 2500 b'web',
2501 2501 b'refreshinterval',
2502 2502 default=20,
2503 2503 )
2504 2504 coreconfigitem(
2505 2505 b'web',
2506 2506 b'server-header',
2507 2507 default=None,
2508 2508 )
2509 2509 coreconfigitem(
2510 2510 b'web',
2511 2511 b'static',
2512 2512 default=None,
2513 2513 )
2514 2514 coreconfigitem(
2515 2515 b'web',
2516 2516 b'staticurl',
2517 2517 default=None,
2518 2518 )
2519 2519 coreconfigitem(
2520 2520 b'web',
2521 2521 b'stripes',
2522 2522 default=1,
2523 2523 )
2524 2524 coreconfigitem(
2525 2525 b'web',
2526 2526 b'style',
2527 2527 default=b'paper',
2528 2528 )
2529 2529 coreconfigitem(
2530 2530 b'web',
2531 2531 b'templates',
2532 2532 default=None,
2533 2533 )
2534 2534 coreconfigitem(
2535 2535 b'web',
2536 2536 b'view',
2537 2537 default=b'served',
2538 2538 experimental=True,
2539 2539 )
2540 2540 coreconfigitem(
2541 2541 b'worker',
2542 2542 b'backgroundclose',
2543 2543 default=dynamicdefault,
2544 2544 )
2545 2545 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
2546 2546 # should give us enough headway.
2547 2547 coreconfigitem(
2548 2548 b'worker',
2549 2549 b'backgroundclosemaxqueue',
2550 2550 default=384,
2551 2551 )
2552 2552 coreconfigitem(
2553 2553 b'worker',
2554 2554 b'backgroundcloseminfilecount',
2555 2555 default=2048,
2556 2556 )
2557 2557 coreconfigitem(
2558 2558 b'worker',
2559 2559 b'backgroundclosethreadcount',
2560 2560 default=4,
2561 2561 )
2562 2562 coreconfigitem(
2563 2563 b'worker',
2564 2564 b'enabled',
2565 2565 default=True,
2566 2566 )
2567 2567 coreconfigitem(
2568 2568 b'worker',
2569 2569 b'numcpus',
2570 2570 default=None,
2571 2571 )
2572 2572
2573 2573 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
2574 2574 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
2575 2575 # without formally loading it.
2576 2576 coreconfigitem(
2577 2577 b'commands',
2578 2578 b'rebase.requiredest',
2579 2579 default=False,
2580 2580 )
2581 2581 coreconfigitem(
2582 2582 b'experimental',
2583 2583 b'rebaseskipobsolete',
2584 2584 default=True,
2585 2585 )
2586 2586 coreconfigitem(
2587 2587 b'rebase',
2588 2588 b'singletransaction',
2589 2589 default=False,
2590 2590 )
2591 2591 coreconfigitem(
2592 2592 b'rebase',
2593 2593 b'experimental.inmemory',
2594 2594 default=False,
2595 2595 )
@@ -1,2986 +1,2988 b''
1 1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
2 2 aspects of its behavior.
3 3
4 4 Troubleshooting
5 5 ===============
6 6
7 7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
8 8 :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing
9 9 a setting into your environment.
10 10
11 11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
12 12 for information about how and where to override things.
13 13
14 14 Structure
15 15 =========
16 16
17 17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
18 18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
19 19 by ``name = value`` entries::
20 20
21 21 [ui]
22 22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
23 23 verbose = True
24 24
25 25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
26 26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
27 27
28 28 Files
29 29 =====
30 30
31 31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
32 32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
33 33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
34 34
35 35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
36 36
37 37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
38 38
39 39 .. container:: windows
40 40
41 41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
42 42
43 43 .. container:: unix.plan9
44 44
45 45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
46 46
47 47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
48 48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
49 49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
50 50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
51 51 ones.
52 52
53 53 .. container:: verbose.unix
54 54
55 55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
56 56
57 57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
58 58 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
59 59 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
60 60 - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
61 61 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
62 62 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
63 63 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
64 64 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
65 65 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
66 66
67 67 .. container:: verbose.windows
68 68
69 69 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
70 70
71 71 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
72 72 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
73 73 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
74 74 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
75 75 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
76 76 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
77 77 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-system)
78 78 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
79 79 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
80 80 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc`` (per-system)
81 81 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini`` (per-system)
82 82 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-system)
83 83 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
84 84
85 85 .. note::
86 86
87 87 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
88 88 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
89 89
90 90 .. container:: verbose.plan9
91 91
92 92 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
93 93
94 94 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
95 95 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
96 96 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
97 97 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
98 98 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
99 99 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
100 100 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
101 101 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
102 102
103 103 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
104 104 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
105 105 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
106 106 this file override options in all other configuration files.
107 107
108 108 .. container:: unix.plan9
109 109
110 110 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
111 111 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
112 112 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
113 113
114 114 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
115 115 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
116 116 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
117 117 options.
118 118
119 119 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
120 120 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
121 121 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
122 122
123 123 .. container:: unix.plan9
124 124
125 125 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
126 126 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
127 127 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
128 128 directory.
129 129
130 130 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
131 131 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
132 132 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
133 133 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
134 134 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
135 135 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
136 136 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
137 137
138 138 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
139 139 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
140 140 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
141 141 override per-installation options.
142 142
143 143 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
144 144 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
145 145 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
146 146 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
147 147 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
148 148 there.
149 149
150 150 .. container:: verbose
151 151
152 152 On versions 5.7 and later, if share-safe functionality is enabled,
153 153 shares will read config file of share source too.
154 154 `<share-source/.hg/hgrc>` is read before reading `<repo/.hg/hgrc>`.
155 155
156 156 For configs which should not be shared, `<repo/.hg/hgrc-not-shared>`
157 157 should be used.
158 158
159 159 Syntax
160 160 ======
161 161
162 162 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
163 163 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
164 164 ``configuration keys``)::
165 165
166 166 [spam]
167 167 eggs=ham
168 168 green=
169 169 eggs
170 170
171 171 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
172 172 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
173 173 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
174 174 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
175 175
176 176 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
177 177 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
178 178
179 179 [spam]
180 180 eggs=large
181 181 ham=serrano
182 182 eggs=small
183 183
184 184 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
185 185
186 186 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
187 187 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
188 188 example::
189 189
190 190 [foo]
191 191 eggs=large
192 192 ham=serrano
193 193 eggs=small
194 194
195 195 [bar]
196 196 eggs=ham
197 197 green=
198 198 eggs
199 199
200 200 [foo]
201 201 ham=prosciutto
202 202 eggs=medium
203 203 bread=toasted
204 204
205 205 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
206 206 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
207 207 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
208 208 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
209 209
210 210 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
211 211 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
212 212 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
213 213 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
214 214 above.
215 215
216 216 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
217 217 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
218 218 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
219 219 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
220 220 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
221 221 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
222 222
223 223 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
224 224
225 225 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
226 226
227 227 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
228 228 section, if it has been set previously.
229 229
230 230 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
231 231 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
232 232 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
233 233 (all case insensitive).
234 234
235 235 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
236 236 placed in double quotation marks::
237 237
238 238 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
239 239
240 240 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
241 241 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
242 242 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
243 243
244 244 Sections
245 245 ========
246 246
247 247 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
248 248 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
249 249 keys, and their possible values.
250 250
251 251 ``alias``
252 252 ---------
253 253
254 254 Defines command aliases.
255 255
256 256 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
257 257 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
258 258 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
259 259 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
260 260 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
261 261 command to be executed.
262 262
263 263 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
264 264
265 265 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
266 266
267 267 For example, this definition::
268 268
269 269 latest = log --limit 5
270 270
271 271 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
272 272 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
273 273
274 274 stable5 = latest -b stable
275 275
276 276 .. note::
277 277
278 278 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
279 279 existing commands, which will then override the original
280 280 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
281 281
282 282 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
283 283 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
284 284 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
285 285
286 286 echo = !echo $@
287 287
288 288 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
289 289 terminal. A better example might be::
290 290
291 291 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
292 292
293 293 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
294 294 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
295 295
296 296 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
297 297 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
298 298 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
299 299 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
300 300 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
301 301 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
302 302
303 303 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
304 304 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
305 305 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
306 306 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
307 307 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
308 308 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
309 309
310 310 .. note::
311 311
312 312 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
313 313 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
314 314 aliases.
315 315
316 316
317 317 ``annotate``
318 318 ------------
319 319
320 320 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
321 321 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
322 322 related options for the diff command.
323 323
324 324 ``ignorews``
325 325 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
326 326
327 327 ``ignorewseol``
328 328 Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
329 329
330 330 ``ignorewsamount``
331 331 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
332 332
333 333 ``ignoreblanklines``
334 334 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
335 335
336 336
337 337 ``auth``
338 338 --------
339 339
340 340 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
341 341 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
342 342 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
343 343 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
344 344 your HTTP server.
345 345
346 346 The following options apply to all hosts.
347 347
348 348 ``cookiefile``
349 349 Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
350 350 host will be sent automatically.
351 351
352 352 The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
353 353 on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
354 354 character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
355 355 value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
356 356 format."
357 357
358 358 Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
359 359 will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
360 360 This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
361 361
362 362 The cookies file is read-only.
363 363
364 364 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
365 365 format::
366 366
367 367 <name>.<argument> = <value>
368 368
369 369 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
370 370 entries. Example::
371 371
372 372 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
373 373 foo.username = foo
374 374 foo.password = bar
375 375 foo.schemes = http https
376 376
377 377 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
378 378 bar.key = path/to/file.key
379 379 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
380 380 bar.schemes = https
381 381
382 382 Supported arguments:
383 383
384 384 ``prefix``
385 385 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
386 386 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
387 387 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
388 388 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
389 389 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
390 390 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
391 391
392 392 ``username``
393 393 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
394 394 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
395 395 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
396 396 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
397 397 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
398 398 username or without a username will be considered.
399 399
400 400 ``password``
401 401 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
402 402 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
403 403 will be prompted for it.
404 404
405 405 ``key``
406 406 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
407 407 variables are expanded in the filename.
408 408
409 409 ``cert``
410 410 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
411 411 variables are expanded in the filename.
412 412
413 413 ``schemes``
414 414 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
415 415 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
416 416 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
417 417 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
418 418 (default: https)
419 419
420 420 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
421 421 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
422 422
423 423 ``cmdserver``
424 424 -------------
425 425
426 426 Controls command server settings. (ADVANCED)
427 427
428 428 ``message-encodings``
429 429 List of encodings for the ``m`` (message) channel. The first encoding
430 430 supported by the server will be selected and advertised in the hello
431 431 message. This is useful only when ``ui.message-output`` is set to
432 432 ``channel``. Supported encodings are ``cbor``.
433 433
434 434 ``shutdown-on-interrupt``
435 435 If set to false, the server's main loop will continue running after
436 436 SIGINT received. ``runcommand`` requests can still be interrupted by
437 437 SIGINT. Close the write end of the pipe to shut down the server
438 438 process gracefully.
439 439 (default: True)
440 440
441 441 ``color``
442 442 ---------
443 443
444 444 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
445 445 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
446 446
447 447 ``mode``
448 448 String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
449 449 ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
450 450 use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
451 451 terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
452 452
453 453 ``pagermode``
454 454 String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
455 455
456 456 On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
457 457 color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
458 458 will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
459 459 emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
460 460 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
461 461 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
462 462 codes).
463 463
464 464 On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
465 465 a different color mode than the pager program.
466 466
467 467 ``commands``
468 468 ------------
469 469
470 470 ``commit.post-status``
471 471 Show status of files in the working directory after successful commit.
472 472 (default: False)
473 473
474 474 ``merge.require-rev``
475 475 Require that the revision to merge the current commit with be specified on
476 476 the command line. If this is enabled and a revision is not specified, the
477 477 command aborts.
478 478 (default: False)
479 479
480 480 ``push.require-revs``
481 481 Require revisions to push be specified using one or more mechanisms such as
482 482 specifying them positionally on the command line, using ``-r``, ``-b``,
483 483 and/or ``-B`` on the command line, or using ``paths.<path>:pushrev`` in the
484 484 configuration. If this is enabled and revisions are not specified, the
485 485 command aborts.
486 486 (default: False)
487 487
488 488 ``resolve.confirm``
489 489 Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed.
490 490 (default: False)
491 491
492 492 ``resolve.explicit-re-merge``
493 493 Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform,
494 494 instead of re-merging files by default.
495 495 (default: False)
496 496
497 497 ``resolve.mark-check``
498 498 Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before
499 499 marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and
500 500 ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still
501 501 have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved.
502 502 ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved.
503 503 If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be
504 504 shown (an error will not be raised).
505 505 (default: ``none``)
506 506
507 507 ``status.relative``
508 508 Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
509 509 (default: False)
510 510
511 511 ``status.terse``
512 512 Default value for the --terse flag, which condenses status output.
513 513 (default: empty)
514 514
515 515 ``update.check``
516 516 Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
517 517 to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
518 518 ``linear``, and ``noconflict``. ``abort`` always fails if the working
519 519 directory has uncommitted changes. ``none`` performs no checking, and may
520 520 result in a merge with uncommitted changes. ``linear`` allows any update
521 521 as long as it follows a straight line in the revision history, and may
522 522 trigger a merge with uncommitted changes. ``noconflict`` will allow any
523 523 update which would not trigger a merge with uncommitted changes, if any
524 524 are present.
525 525 (default: ``linear``)
526 526
527 527 ``update.requiredest``
528 528 Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
529 529 For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
530 530 will be disallowed.
531 531 (default: False)
532 532
533 533 ``committemplate``
534 534 ------------------
535 535
536 536 ``changeset``
537 537 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
538 538 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
539 539
540 540 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
541 541 below can be used for customization:
542 542
543 543 ``extramsg``
544 544 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
545 545 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
546 546
547 547 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
548 548 one shown by default::
549 549
550 550 [committemplate]
551 551 changeset = {desc}\n\n
552 552 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
553 553 HG: {extramsg}
554 554 HG: --
555 555 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
556 556 "HG: branch merge\n")
557 557 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
558 558 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
559 559 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
560 560 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
561 561 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
562 562 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
563 563 "HG: no files changed\n")}
564 564
565 565 ``diff()``
566 566 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
567 567
568 568 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
569 569 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
570 570 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
571 571 it::
572 572
573 573 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
574 574
575 575 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
576 576 extra message::
577 577
578 578 [committemplate]
579 579 changeset = {desc}\n\n
580 580 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
581 581 HG: {extramsg}
582 582 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
583 583 HG: Do not touch the line above.
584 584 HG: Everything below will be removed.
585 585 {diff()}
586 586
587 587 .. note::
588 588
589 589 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
590 590 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
591 591 avoid showing broken characters.
592 592
593 593 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
594 594 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
595 595 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
596 596 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
597 597
598 598 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
599 599 required):
600 600
601 601 - :hg:`backout`
602 602 - :hg:`commit`
603 603 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
604 604 - :hg:`graft`
605 605 - :hg:`histedit`
606 606 - :hg:`import`
607 607 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
608 608 - :hg:`rebase`
609 609 - :hg:`shelve`
610 610 - :hg:`sign`
611 611 - :hg:`tag`
612 612 - :hg:`transplant`
613 613
614 614 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
615 615 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
616 616 messages for each action.
617 617
618 618 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
619 619 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
620 620 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
621 621 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
622 622 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
623 623 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
624 624 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
625 625 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
626 626 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
627 627 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
628 628 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
629 629 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
630 630 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
631 631 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
632 632 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
633 633 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
634 634 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
635 635 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
636 636 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
637 637 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
638 638 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
639 639 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
640 640 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
641 641 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
642 642 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
643 643 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
644 644
645 645 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
646 646 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
647 647 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
648 648 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
649 649
650 650 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
651 651 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
652 652 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
653 653 variable.
654 654
655 655 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
656 656 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
657 657 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
658 658
659 659 [committemplate]
660 660 listupfiles = {file_adds %
661 661 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
662 662 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
663 663 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
664 664 "HG: no files changed\n")}
665 665
666 666 ``decode/encode``
667 667 -----------------
668 668
669 669 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
670 670 typically be used for newline processing or other
671 671 localization/canonicalization of files.
672 672
673 673 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
674 674 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
675 675 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
676 676 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
677 677 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
678 678 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
679 679
680 680 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
681 681 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
682 682
683 683 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
684 684 data on stdout.
685 685
686 686 Pipe example::
687 687
688 688 [encode]
689 689 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
690 690 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
691 691 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
692 692
693 693 [decode]
694 694 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
695 695 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
696 696 *.gz = gzip
697 697
698 698 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
699 699 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
700 700 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
701 701 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
702 702 the command.
703 703
704 704 .. container:: windows
705 705
706 706 .. note::
707 707
708 708 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
709 709 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
710 710 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
711 711
712 712 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
713 713 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
714 714 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
715 715
716 716
717 717 ``defaults``
718 718 ------------
719 719
720 720 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
721 721
722 722 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
723 723 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
724 724
725 725 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
726 726 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
727 727
728 728 [defaults]
729 729 log = -v
730 730 status = -m
731 731
732 732 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
733 733 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
734 734 to the aliases of the commands defined.
735 735
736 736
737 737 ``diff``
738 738 --------
739 739
740 740 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
741 741 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
742 742 for related options for the annotate command.
743 743
744 744 ``git``
745 745 Use git extended diff format.
746 746
747 747 ``nobinary``
748 748 Omit git binary patches.
749 749
750 750 ``nodates``
751 751 Don't include dates in diff headers.
752 752
753 753 ``noprefix``
754 754 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
755 755
756 756 ``showfunc``
757 757 Show which function each change is in.
758 758
759 759 ``ignorews``
760 760 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
761 761
762 762 ``ignorewsamount``
763 763 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
764 764
765 765 ``ignoreblanklines``
766 766 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
767 767
768 768 ``unified``
769 769 Number of lines of context to show.
770 770
771 771 ``word-diff``
772 772 Highlight changed words.
773 773
774 774 ``email``
775 775 ---------
776 776
777 777 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
778 778
779 779 ``from``
780 780 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
781 781 of outgoing messages.
782 782
783 783 ``to``
784 784 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
785 785
786 786 ``cc``
787 787 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
788 788 email addresses.
789 789
790 790 ``bcc``
791 791 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
792 792 email addresses.
793 793
794 794 ``method``
795 795 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
796 796 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
797 797 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
798 798 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
799 799 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
800 800 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
801 801
802 802 ``charsets``
803 803 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
804 804 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
805 805 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
806 806 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
807 807 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
808 808 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
809 809 (default: '')
810 810
811 811 Order of outgoing email character sets:
812 812
813 813 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
814 814 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
815 815 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
816 816 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
817 817 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
818 818
819 819 Email example::
820 820
821 821 [email]
822 822 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
823 823 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
824 824 # charsets for western Europeans
825 825 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
826 826 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
827 827
828 828
829 829 ``extensions``
830 830 --------------
831 831
832 832 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
833 833 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
834 834
835 835 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
836 836 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
837 837 after the ``=``.
838 838
839 839 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
840 840 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
841 841 defines the extension.
842 842
843 843 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
844 844 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
845 845 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
846 846
847 847 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
848 848
849 849 [extensions]
850 850 # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
851 851 churn =
852 852 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
853 853 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
854 854
855 855
856 856 ``format``
857 857 ----------
858 858
859 859 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
860 860 powerful, but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
861 861 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
862 862 for config changes to be taken into account.
863 863
864 864 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
865 865 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
866 866
867 867 ``usegeneraldelta``
868 868 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
869 869 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store deltas against
870 870 arbitrary revisions instead of the previously stored one. This provides
871 871 significant improvement for repositories with branches.
872 872
873 873 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
874 874
875 875 Enabled by default.
876 876
877 877 ``dotencode``
878 878 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
879 879 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
880 880 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with "._" on
881 881 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
882 882
883 883 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
884 884
885 885 Enabled by default.
886 886
887 887 ``usefncache``
888 888 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
889 889 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
890 890 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
891 891 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
892 892
893 893 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
894 894
895 895 Enabled by default.
896 896
897 897 ``use-persistent-nodemap``
898 898 Enable or disable the "persistent-nodemap" feature which improves
899 899 performance if the rust extensions are available.
900 900
901 901 The "persistence-nodemap" persist the "node -> rev" on disk removing the
902 902 need to dynamically build that mapping for each Mercurial invocation. This
903 903 significantly reduce the startup cost of various local and server-side
904 904 operation for larger repository.
905 905
906 906 The performance improving version of this feature is currently only
907 implemented in Rust, so people using a version of Mercurial compiled
908 without the Rust part might actually suffer some slowdown.
907 implemented in Rust, so people not using a version of Mercurial compiled
908 with the Rust part might actually suffer some slowdown. For this reason,
909 Such version will by default refuse to access such repositories. That
910 behavior can be controlled by configuration. Check
911 :hg:`help config.storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slowpath` for details.
909 912
910 913 Repository with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.4 or above.
911 914
912 915 Disabled by default.
913 916
914 917 ``usestore``
915 918 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
916 919 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
917 920 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
918 921 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
919 922
920 923 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
921 924
922 925 Enabled by default.
923 926
924 927 ``sparse-revlog``
925 928 Enable or disable the ``sparse-revlog`` delta strategy. This format improves
926 929 delta re-use inside revlog. For very branchy repositories, it results in a
927 930 smaller store. For repositories with many revisions, it also helps
928 931 performance (by using shortened delta chains.)
929 932
930 933 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 4.7
931 934
932 935 Enabled by default.
933 936
934 937 ``revlog-compression``
935 938 Compression algorithm used by revlog. Supported values are `zlib` and
936 939 `zstd`. The `zlib` engine is the historical default of Mercurial. `zstd` is
937 940 a newer format that is usually a net win over `zlib`, operating faster at
938 941 better compression rates. Use `zstd` to reduce CPU usage. Multiple values
939 942 can be specified, the first available one will be used.
940 943
941 944 On some systems, the Mercurial installation may lack `zstd` support.
942 945
943 946 Default is `zlib`.
944 947
945 948 ``bookmarks-in-store``
946 949 Store bookmarks in .hg/store/. This means that bookmarks are shared when
947 950 using `hg share` regardless of the `-B` option.
948 951
949 952 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.1.
950 953
951 954 Disabled by default.
952 955
953 956
954 957 ``graph``
955 958 ---------
956 959
957 960 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
958 961 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
959 962 ``default`` branch stand out.
960 963
961 964 Each line has the following format::
962 965
963 966 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
964 967
965 968 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
966 969 customized. Example::
967 970
968 971 [graph]
969 972 # 2px width
970 973 default.width = 2
971 974 # red color
972 975 default.color = FF0000
973 976
974 977 Supported arguments:
975 978
976 979 ``width``
977 980 Set branch edges width in pixels.
978 981
979 982 ``color``
980 983 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
981 984
982 985 ``hooks``
983 986 ---------
984 987
985 988 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
986 989 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
987 990 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
988 991 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
989 992 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
990 993 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
991 994 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
992 995
993 996 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
994 997
995 998 [hooks]
996 999 # update working directory after adding changesets
997 1000 changegroup.update = hg update
998 1001 # do not use the site-wide hook
999 1002 incoming =
1000 1003 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
1001 1004 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1002 1005 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
1003 1006 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
1004 1007
1005 1008 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
1006 1009 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
1007 1010 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
1008 1011 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
1009 1012 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
1010 1013 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
1011 1014 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
1012 1015
1013 1016 .. container:: windows
1014 1017
1015 1018 Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
1016 1019 and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
1017 1020 be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
1018 1021 on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
1019 1022 slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by
1020 1023 double quotes after processing.
1021 1024
1022 1025 This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
1023 1026 name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example::
1024 1027
1025 1028 [hooks]
1026 1029 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1027 1030 # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
1028 1031 tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
1029 1032
1030 1033 ``changegroup``
1031 1034 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of
1032 1035 the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
1033 1036 The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
1034 1037
1035 1038 ``commit``
1036 1039 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
1037 1040 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
1038 1041 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1039 1042
1040 1043 ``incoming``
1041 1044 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
1042 1045 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
1043 1046 ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1044 1047
1045 1048 ``outgoing``
1046 1049 Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
1047 1050 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
1048 1051 ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
1049 1052
1050 1053 ``post-<command>``
1051 1054 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
1052 1055 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
1053 1056 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
1054 1057 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
1055 1058 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
1056 1059 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
1057 1060 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
1058 1061
1059 1062 ``fail-<command>``
1060 1063 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
1061 1064 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
1062 1065 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
1063 1066 string representations of the python data internally passed to
1064 1067 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
1065 1068 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
1066 1069 Hook failure is ignored.
1067 1070
1068 1071 ``pre-<command>``
1069 1072 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
1070 1073 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
1071 1074 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
1072 1075 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
1073 1076 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
1074 1077 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
1075 1078 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
1076 1079 code.
1077 1080
1078 1081 ``prechangegroup``
1079 1082 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
1080 1083 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
1081 1084 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
1082 1085 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
1083 1086
1084 1087 ``precommit``
1085 1088 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
1086 1089 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
1087 1090 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1088 1091
1089 1092 ``prelistkeys``
1090 1093 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
1091 1094 repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
1092 1095 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
1093 1096
1094 1097 ``preoutgoing``
1095 1098 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
1096 1099 another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
1097 1100 pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
1098 1101 local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
1099 1102 since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
1100 1103 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
1101 1104 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
1102 1105 is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
1103 1106
1104 1107 ``prepushkey``
1105 1108 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1106 1109 repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
1107 1110 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
1108 1111 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
1109 1112 ``$HG_NEW``.
1110 1113
1111 1114 ``pretag``
1112 1115 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
1113 1116 created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
1114 1117 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
1115 1118 tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1116 1119
1117 1120 ``pretxnopen``
1118 1121 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
1119 1122 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
1120 1123 transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
1121 1124 transaction from being opened.
1122 1125
1123 1126 ``pretxnclose``
1124 1127 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
1125 1128 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1126 1129 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1127 1130 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
1128 1131 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
1129 1132 the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
1130 1133 vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE``
1131 1134 (the ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last
1132 1135 added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables. Bookmark and
1133 1136 phase changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``
1134 1137 respectively, etc.
1135 1138
1136 1139 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
1137 1140 Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
1138 1141 change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
1139 1142 transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
1140 1143 proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
1141 1144 The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
1142 1145 bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
1143 1146 location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
1144 1147 creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
1145 1148 will be empty.
1146 1149 In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1147 1150 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1148 1151 ``HG_TXNID``.
1149 1152
1150 1153 ``pretxnclose-phase``
1151 1154 Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
1152 1155 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1153 1156 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1154 1157 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
1155 1158 multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
1156 1159 The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
1157 1160 while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
1158 1161 will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1159 1162 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1160 1163 ``HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
1161 1164 the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
1162 1165
1163 1166 ``txnclose``
1164 1167 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
1165 1168 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
1166 1169 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
1167 1170 details about available variables.
1168 1171
1169 1172 ``txnclose-bookmark``
1170 1173 Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
1171 1174 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1172 1175 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
1173 1176 about available variables.
1174 1177
1175 1178 ``txnclose-phase``
1176 1179 Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
1177 1180 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1178 1181 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
1179 1182 available variables.
1180 1183
1181 1184 ``txnabort``
1182 1185 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
1183 1186 for details about available variables.
1184 1187
1185 1188 ``pretxnchangegroup``
1186 1189 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
1187 1190 the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
1188 1191 program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
1189 1192 The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
1190 1193 ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
1191 1194 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
1192 1195 unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1193 1196
1194 1197 ``pretxncommit``
1195 1198 Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
1196 1199 committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
1197 1200 validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
1198 1201 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
1199 1202 be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
1200 1203 changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1201 1204
1202 1205 ``preupdate``
1203 1206 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
1204 1207 the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
1205 1208 The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
1206 1209 merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1207 1210
1208 1211 ``listkeys``
1209 1212 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
1210 1213 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
1211 1214 dictionary containing the keys and values.
1212 1215
1213 1216 ``pushkey``
1214 1217 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1215 1218 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
1216 1219 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
1217 1220 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
1218 1221
1219 1222 ``tag``
1220 1223 Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
1221 1224 The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
1222 1225 the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1223 1226
1224 1227 ``update``
1225 1228 Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
1226 1229 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
1227 1230 parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
1228 1231 update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
1229 1232
1230 1233 .. note::
1231 1234
1232 1235 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
1233 1236 generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
1234 1237 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
1235 1238 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
1236 1239 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
1237 1240
1238 1241 .. note::
1239 1242
1240 1243 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
1241 1244 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
1242 1245 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
1243 1246 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
1244 1247
1245 1248 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
1246 1249
1247 1250 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
1248 1251 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
1249 1252
1250 1253 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
1251 1254 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
1252 1255 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
1253 1256 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
1254 1257 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
1255 1258 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
1256 1259
1257 1260 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
1258 1261 is treated as a failure.
1259 1262
1260 1263
1261 1264 ``hostfingerprints``
1262 1265 --------------------
1263 1266
1264 1267 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1265 1268
1266 1269 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1267 1270
1268 1271 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1269 1272 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1270 1273 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1271 1274
1272 1275 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1273 1276 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1274 1277 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1275 1278 to a new certificate.
1276 1279
1277 1280 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1278 1281
1279 1282 For example::
1280 1283
1281 1284 [hostfingerprints]
1282 1285 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1283 1286 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1284 1287
1285 1288 ``hostsecurity``
1286 1289 ----------------
1287 1290
1288 1291 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1289 1292 other machines.
1290 1293
1291 1294 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1292 1295
1293 1296 ``ciphers``
1294 1297 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1295 1298
1296 1299 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1297 1300 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1298 1301
1299 1302 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1300 1303 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1301 1304 You have been warned.
1302 1305
1303 1306 This option requires Python 2.7.
1304 1307
1305 1308 ``minimumprotocol``
1306 1309 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1307 1310
1308 1311 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1309 1312 is used.
1310 1313
1311 1314 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1312 1315
1313 1316 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1314 1317 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1315 1318
1316 1319 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1317 1320 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1318 1321 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1319 1322 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1320 1323
1321 1324 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1322 1325 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1323 1326 per-host basis.
1324 1327
1325 1328 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1326 1329
1327 1330 ``ciphers``
1328 1331 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1329 1332 to the host on which it is defined.
1330 1333
1331 1334 ``fingerprints``
1332 1335 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1333 1336 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1334 1337 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1335 1338 In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
1336 1339
1337 1340 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1338 1341 ``sha512``.
1339 1342
1340 1343 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1341 1344
1342 1345 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1343 1346 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1344 1347 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1345 1348 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1346 1349 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1347 1350 at the expense of convenience.
1348 1351
1349 1352 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1350 1353
1351 1354 ``minimumprotocol``
1352 1355 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1353 1356 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1354 1357
1355 1358 ``verifycertsfile``
1356 1359 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1357 1360 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1358 1361 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1359 1362
1360 1363 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1361 1364 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1362 1365 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1363 1366
1364 1367 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1365 1368 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1366 1369 used.
1367 1370
1368 1371 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1369 1372 is set.
1370 1373
1371 1374 The format of the file is as follows::
1372 1375
1373 1376 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1374 1377 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1375 1378 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1376 1379 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1377 1380 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1378 1381 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1379 1382
1380 1383 For example::
1381 1384
1382 1385 [hostsecurity]
1383 1386 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1384 1387 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1385 1388 hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
1386 1389 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1387 1390
1388 1391 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1389 1392 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1390 1393
1391 1394 [hostsecurity]
1392 1395 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1393 1396 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1394 1397
1395 1398 ``http_proxy``
1396 1399 --------------
1397 1400
1398 1401 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1399 1402 proxy.
1400 1403
1401 1404 ``host``
1402 1405 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1403 1406 "myproxy:8000".
1404 1407
1405 1408 ``no``
1406 1409 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1407 1410 the proxy.
1408 1411
1409 1412 ``passwd``
1410 1413 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1411 1414
1412 1415 ``user``
1413 1416 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1414 1417
1415 1418 ``always``
1416 1419 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1417 1420 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1418 1421
1419 1422 ``http``
1420 1423 ----------
1421 1424
1422 1425 Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP.
1423 1426
1424 1427 ``timeout``
1425 1428 If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds.
1426 1429 (default: None)
1427 1430
1428 1431 ``merge``
1429 1432 ---------
1430 1433
1431 1434 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1432 1435
1433 1436 ``checkignored``
1434 1437 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1435 1438 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1436 1439 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1437 1440 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1438 1441 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1439 1442 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1440 1443
1441 1444 ``checkunknown``
1442 1445 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1443 1446 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1444 1447 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1445 1448 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1446 1449
1447 1450 ``on-failure``
1448 1451 When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
1449 1452 merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
1450 1453 whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
1451 1454 Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
1452 1455 or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
1453 1456 halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
1454 1457 can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
1455 1458 halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
1456 1459 (default: ``continue``)
1457 1460
1458 1461 ``strict-capability-check``
1459 1462 Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly
1460 1463 or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used.
1461 1464 (default: False)
1462 1465
1463 1466 ``merge-patterns``
1464 1467 ------------------
1465 1468
1466 1469 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1467 1470 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1468 1471 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1469 1472 root.
1470 1473
1471 1474 Example::
1472 1475
1473 1476 [merge-patterns]
1474 1477 **.c = kdiff3
1475 1478 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1476 1479
1477 1480 ``merge-tools``
1478 1481 ---------------
1479 1482
1480 1483 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1481 1484 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1482 1485 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1483 1486 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1484 1487
1485 1488 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1486 1489
1487 1490 [merge-tools]
1488 1491 # Override stock tool location
1489 1492 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1490 1493 # Specify command line
1491 1494 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1492 1495 # Give higher priority
1493 1496 kdiff3.priority = 1
1494 1497
1495 1498 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1496 1499 meld.priority = 0
1497 1500
1498 1501 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1499 1502 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1500 1503
1501 1504 # Define new tool
1502 1505 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1503 1506 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1504 1507 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1505 1508
1506 1509 Supported arguments:
1507 1510
1508 1511 ``priority``
1509 1512 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1510 1513 (default: 0)
1511 1514
1512 1515 ``executable``
1513 1516 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1514 1517
1515 1518 .. container:: windows
1516 1519
1517 1520 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1518 1521 syntax.
1519 1522
1520 1523 (default: the tool name)
1521 1524
1522 1525 ``args``
1523 1526 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1524 1527 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1525 1528 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
1526 1529
1527 1530 The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
1528 1531 being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1529 1532 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
1530 1533 the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
1531 1534 destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
1532 1535
1533 1536 Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
1534 1537 accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
1535 1538 labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
1536 1539 respectively.
1537 1540 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1538 1541
1539 1542 ``premerge``
1540 1543 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1541 1544 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep``,
1542 1545 ``keep-merge3``, or ``keep-mergediff`` (experimental). The ``keep`` option
1543 1546 will leave markers in the file if the premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3``
1544 1547 will do the same but include information about the base of the merge in the
1545 1548 marker (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). The
1546 1549 ``keep-mergediff`` option is similar but uses a different marker style
1547 1550 (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). (default: True)
1548 1551
1549 1552 ``binary``
1550 1553 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1551 1554 was selected by file pattern match)
1552 1555
1553 1556 ``symlink``
1554 1557 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1555 1558
1556 1559 ``check``
1557 1560 A list of merge success-checking options:
1558 1561
1559 1562 ``changed``
1560 1563 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1561 1564 ``conflicts``
1562 1565 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1563 1566 ``prompt``
1564 1567 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1565 1568
1566 1569 ``fixeol``
1567 1570 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1568 1571 (default: False)
1569 1572
1570 1573 ``gui``
1571 1574 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1572 1575
1573 1576 ``mergemarkers``
1574 1577 Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
1575 1578 ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
1576 1579 ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
1577 1580 markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
1578 1581 the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
1579 1582 (default: ``basic``)
1580 1583
1581 1584 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1582 1585 This setting can be used to override ``mergemarker`` from the
1583 1586 ``[command-templates]`` section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the
1584 1587 ``$label``-prefixed variables and to the conflict markers that are generated
1585 1588 if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable
1586 1589 in ``[ui]`` for more information.
1587 1590
1588 1591 .. container:: windows
1589 1592
1590 1593 ``regkey``
1591 1594 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1592 1595 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1593 1596 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1594 1597 (default: None)
1595 1598
1596 1599 ``regkeyalt``
1597 1600 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1598 1601 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1599 1602 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1600 1603 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1601 1604 (default: None)
1602 1605
1603 1606 ``regname``
1604 1607 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1605 1608 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1606 1609
1607 1610 ``regappend``
1608 1611 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1609 1612 the executable name of the tool.
1610 1613 (default: None)
1611 1614
1612 1615 ``pager``
1613 1616 ---------
1614 1617
1615 1618 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
1616 1619 :hg:`help pager` for details.
1617 1620
1618 1621 ``pager``
1619 1622 Define the external tool used as pager.
1620 1623
1621 1624 If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
1622 1625 If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
1623 1626 used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
1624 1627
1625 1628 [pager]
1626 1629 pager = less -FRX
1627 1630
1628 1631 ``ignore``
1629 1632 List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
1630 1633
1631 1634 [pager]
1632 1635 ignore = version, help, update
1633 1636
1634 1637 ``patch``
1635 1638 ---------
1636 1639
1637 1640 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1638 1641 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1639 1642
1640 1643 ``eol``
1641 1644 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1642 1645 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1643 1646 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1644 1647 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1645 1648 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1646 1649 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1647 1650 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1648 1651 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1649 1652 (default: strict)
1650 1653
1651 1654 ``fuzz``
1652 1655 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1653 1656 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1654 1657 trying to apply a patch.
1655 1658 (default: 2)
1656 1659
1657 1660 ``paths``
1658 1661 ---------
1659 1662
1660 1663 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1661 1664
1662 1665 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1663 1666 location of the repository. Example::
1664 1667
1665 1668 [paths]
1666 1669 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1667 1670 local_path = /home/me/repo
1668 1671
1669 1672 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1670 1673 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1671 1674 :hg:`push local_path`.
1672 1675
1673 1676 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1674 1677 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1675 1678
1676 1679 [paths]
1677 1680 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1678 1681 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1679 1682
1680 1683 The following sub-options can be defined:
1681 1684
1682 1685 ``pushurl``
1683 1686 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1684 1687 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1685 1688
1686 1689 ``pushrev``
1687 1690 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1688 1691
1689 1692 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1690 1693 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1691 1694
1692 1695 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1693 1696 revision by default.
1694 1697
1695 1698 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1696 1699 pushed.
1697 1700
1698 1701 The following special named paths exist:
1699 1702
1700 1703 ``default``
1701 1704 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1702 1705
1703 1706 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1704 1707 repository was cloned from.
1705 1708
1706 1709 ``default-push``
1707 1710 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1708 1711 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1709 1712
1710 1713 ``phases``
1711 1714 ----------
1712 1715
1713 1716 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1714 1717 information about working with phases.
1715 1718
1716 1719 ``publish``
1717 1720 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1718 1721 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1719 1722 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1720 1723 (default: True)
1721 1724
1722 1725 ``new-commit``
1723 1726 Phase of newly-created commits.
1724 1727 (default: draft)
1725 1728
1726 1729 ``checksubrepos``
1727 1730 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1728 1731 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1729 1732 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1730 1733 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1731 1734 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
1732 1735 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
1733 1736 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
1734 1737 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
1735 1738 (default: follow)
1736 1739
1737 1740
1738 1741 ``profiling``
1739 1742 -------------
1740 1743
1741 1744 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
1742 1745 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
1743 1746 profiler (named ``stat``).
1744 1747
1745 1748 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
1746 1749 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
1747 1750 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
1748 1751
1749 1752 ``enabled``
1750 1753 Enable the profiler.
1751 1754 (default: false)
1752 1755
1753 1756 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
1754 1757
1755 1758 ``type``
1756 1759 The type of profiler to use.
1757 1760 (default: stat)
1758 1761
1759 1762 ``ls``
1760 1763 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
1761 1764 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
1762 1765 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
1763 1766 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
1764 1767 ``stat``
1765 1768 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
1766 1769 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
1767 1770 seconds.
1768 1771
1769 1772 ``format``
1770 1773 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1771 1774 (default: text)
1772 1775
1773 1776 ``text``
1774 1777 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
1775 1778 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
1776 1779 not kept.
1777 1780 ``kcachegrind``
1778 1781 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
1779 1782 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
1780 1783 kcachegrind.
1781 1784
1782 1785 ``statformat``
1783 1786 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
1784 1787 (default: hotpath)
1785 1788
1786 1789 ``hotpath``
1787 1790 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
1788 1791 most time was spent).
1789 1792 ``bymethod``
1790 1793 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
1791 1794 ``byline``
1792 1795 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
1793 1796 ``json``
1794 1797 Render profiling data as JSON.
1795 1798
1796 1799 ``frequency``
1797 1800 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
1798 1801 (default: 1000)
1799 1802
1800 1803 ``output``
1801 1804 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
1802 1805 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
1803 1806 stderr)
1804 1807
1805 1808 ``sort``
1806 1809 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1807 1810 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
1808 1811 ``inlinetime``.
1809 1812 (default: inlinetime)
1810 1813
1811 1814 ``time-track``
1812 1815 Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
1813 1816 (default: ``cpu`` on Windows, otherwise ``real``)
1814 1817
1815 1818 ``limit``
1816 1819 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1817 1820 (default: 30)
1818 1821
1819 1822 ``nested``
1820 1823 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
1821 1824 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
1822 1825 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1823 1826 (default: 0)
1824 1827
1825 1828 ``showmin``
1826 1829 Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
1827 1830 Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
1828 1831 ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
1829 1832
1830 1833 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1831 1834
1832 1835 For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
1833 1836 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
1834 1837
1835 1838 The option is unused on other formats.
1836 1839
1837 1840 ``showmax``
1838 1841 Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
1839 1842 display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
1840 1843
1841 1844 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1842 1845
1843 1846 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
1844 1847
1845 1848 The option is unused on other formats.
1846 1849
1847 1850 ``showtime``
1848 1851 Show time taken as absolute durations, in addition to percentages.
1849 1852 Only used by the ``hotpath`` format.
1850 1853 (default: true)
1851 1854
1852 1855 ``progress``
1853 1856 ------------
1854 1857
1855 1858 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
1856 1859 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
1857 1860 have a definite end point.
1858 1861
1859 1862 ``debug``
1860 1863 Whether to print debug info when updating the progress bar. (default: False)
1861 1864
1862 1865 ``delay``
1863 1866 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
1864 1867
1865 1868 ``changedelay``
1866 1869 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
1867 1870 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
1868 1871
1869 1872 ``estimateinterval``
1870 1873 Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
1871 1874 calculation. (default: 60)
1872 1875
1873 1876 ``refresh``
1874 1877 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
1875 1878
1876 1879 ``format``
1877 1880 Format of the progress bar.
1878 1881
1879 1882 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
1880 1883 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
1881 1884 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
1882 1885 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
1883 1886 first num characters.
1884 1887
1885 1888 (default: topic bar number estimate)
1886 1889
1887 1890 ``width``
1888 1891 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
1889 1892 term width) will be used).
1890 1893
1891 1894 ``clear-complete``
1892 1895 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
1893 1896
1894 1897 ``disable``
1895 1898 If true, don't show a progress bar.
1896 1899
1897 1900 ``assume-tty``
1898 1901 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
1899 1902
1900 1903 ``rebase``
1901 1904 ----------
1902 1905
1903 1906 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
1904 1907 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
1905 1908 rebase of obsolete changesets.
1906 1909
1907 1910 ``revsetalias``
1908 1911 ---------------
1909 1912
1910 1913 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
1911 1914
1912 1915 ``rewrite``
1913 1916 -----------
1914 1917
1915 1918 ``backup-bundle``
1916 1919 Whether to save stripped changesets to a bundle file. (default: True)
1917 1920
1918 1921 ``update-timestamp``
1919 1922 If true, updates the date and time of the changeset to current. It is only
1920 1923 applicable for `hg amend`, `hg commit --amend` and `hg uncommit` in the
1921 1924 current version.
1922 1925
1923 1926 ``empty-successor``
1924 1927
1925 1928 Control what happens with empty successors that are the result of rewrite
1926 1929 operations. If set to ``skip``, the successor is not created. If set to
1927 1930 ``keep``, the empty successor is created and kept.
1928 1931
1929 1932 Currently, only the rebase and absorb commands consider this configuration.
1930 1933 (EXPERIMENTAL)
1931 1934
1932 1935 ``storage``
1933 1936 -----------
1934 1937
1935 1938 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
1936 1939 category impact performance and repository size.
1937 1940
1938 1941 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
1939 1942 When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
1940 1943 a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
1941 1944 revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
1942 1945
1943 1946 Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
1944 1947 repository with many merges.
1945 1948
1946 1949 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap``
1947 1950 Whether to use the Operating System "memory mapping" feature (when
1948 1951 possible) to access the persistent nodemap data. This improve performance
1949 1952 and reduce memory pressure.
1950 1953
1951 1954 Default to True.
1952 1955
1953 1956 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
1954 1957 :hg:`help config format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
1955 1958
1956 1959 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path``
1957 1960 Control the behavior of Merucrial when using a repository with "persistent"
1958 1961 nodemap with an installation of Mercurial without a fast implementation for
1959 1962 the feature:
1960 1963
1961 1964 ``allow``: Silently use the slower implementation to access the repository.
1962 1965 ``warn``: Warn, but use the slower implementation to access the repository.
1963
1964 Default to ``warn``
1966 ``abort``: Prevent access to such repositories. (This is the default)
1965 1967
1966 1968 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
1967 1969 :hg:`help config format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
1968 1970
1969 1971 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent``
1970 1972 Control the order in which delta parents are considered when adding new
1971 1973 revisions from an external source.
1972 1974 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
1973 1975
1974 1976 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against other revisions. By
1975 1977 default, Mercurial will try to reuse this delta first, therefore using the
1976 1978 same "delta parent" as the source. Directly using delta's from the source
1977 1979 reduces CPU usage and usually speeds up operation. However, in some case,
1978 1980 the source might have sub-optimal delta bases and forcing their reevaluation
1979 1981 is useful. For example, pushes from an old client could have sub-optimal
1980 1982 delta's parent that the server want to optimize. (lack of general delta, bad
1981 1983 parents, choice, lack of sparse-revlog, etc).
1982 1984
1983 1985 This option is enabled by default. Turning it off will ensure bad delta
1984 1986 parent choices from older client do not propagate to this repository, at
1985 1987 the cost of a small increase in CPU consumption.
1986 1988
1987 1989 Note: this option only control the order in which delta parents are
1988 1990 considered. Even when disabled, the existing delta from the source will be
1989 1991 reused if the same delta parent is selected.
1990 1992
1991 1993 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta``
1992 1994 Control the reuse of delta from external source.
1993 1995 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
1994 1996
1995 1997 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against another revision. By
1996 1998 default, Mercurial will not recompute the same delta again, trusting
1997 1999 externally provided deltas. There have been rare cases of small adjustment
1998 2000 to the diffing algorithm in the past. So in some rare case, recomputing
1999 2001 delta provided by ancient clients can provides better results. Disabling
2000 2002 this option means going through a full delta recomputation for all incoming
2001 2003 revisions. It means a large increase in CPU usage and will slow operations
2002 2004 down.
2003 2005
2004 2006 This option is enabled by default. When disabled, it also disables the
2005 2007 related ``storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` option.
2006 2008
2007 2009 ``revlog.zlib.level``
2008 2010 Zlib compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2009 2011 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 9 (highest compression). Zlib
2010 2012 default value is 6.
2011 2013
2012 2014
2013 2015 ``revlog.zstd.level``
2014 2016 zstd compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2015 2017 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 22 (highest compression).
2016 2018 (default 3)
2017 2019
2018 2020 ``server``
2019 2021 ----------
2020 2022
2021 2023 Controls generic server settings.
2022 2024
2023 2025 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
2024 2026 Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
2025 2027 for compatibility purpose (default to True)
2026 2028
2027 2029 If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
2028 2030 movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
2029 2031 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
2030 2032
2031 2033 ``compressionengines``
2032 2034 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
2033 2035 to clients.
2034 2036
2035 2037 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
2036 2038 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
2037 2039 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
2038 2040
2039 2041 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
2040 2042 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
2041 2043 default wire protocol priority.
2042 2044
2043 2045 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
2044 2046 has no effect for legacy clients.
2045 2047
2046 2048 ``uncompressed``
2047 2049 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
2048 2050 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
2049 2051 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
2050 2052 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
2051 2053 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
2052 2054 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
2053 2055 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
2054 2056 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
2055 2057 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
2056 2058 (default: True)
2057 2059
2058 2060 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
2059 2061 Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
2060 2062 changesets. (default: False)
2061 2063
2062 2064 ``preferuncompressed``
2063 2065 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
2064 2066 protocol. (default: False)
2065 2067
2066 2068 ``disablefullbundle``
2067 2069 When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
2068 2070 If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
2069 2071 are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
2070 2072 (default: False)
2071 2073
2072 2074 ``streamunbundle``
2073 2075 When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
2074 2076 otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
2075 2077 effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
2076 2078
2077 2079 ``pullbundle``
2078 2080 When set, the server will check pullbundle.manifest for bundles
2079 2081 covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
2080 2082 entry will be streamed to the client.
2081 2083
2082 2084 For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
2083 2085 for older clients.
2084 2086
2085 2087 ``concurrent-push-mode``
2086 2088 Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
2087 2089
2088 2090 - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
2089 2091 while the push was preparing.
2090 2092 - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
2091 2093 affected while the push was preparing. (default since 5.4)
2092 2094
2093 2095 'check-related' only takes effect for compatible clients (version
2094 2096 4.3 and later). Older clients will use 'strict'.
2095 2097
2096 2098 ``validate``
2097 2099 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
2098 2100 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
2099 2101 present. (default: False)
2100 2102
2101 2103 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
2102 2104 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
2103 2105 many bytes. (default: 1024)
2104 2106
2105 2107 ``bundle1``
2106 2108 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
2107 2109 exchange format. (default: True)
2108 2110
2109 2111 ``bundle1gd``
2110 2112 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
2111 2113 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2112 2114
2113 2115 ``bundle1.push``
2114 2116 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2115 2117 format. (default: True)
2116 2118
2117 2119 ``bundle1gd.push``
2118 2120 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
2119 2121 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2120 2122
2121 2123 ``bundle1.pull``
2122 2124 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2123 2125 format. (default: True)
2124 2126
2125 2127 ``bundle1gd.pull``
2126 2128 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
2127 2129 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2128 2130
2129 2131 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
2130 2132 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
2131 2133 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
2132 2134 format can consume a lot of CPU.
2133 2135
2134 2136 ``bundle2.stream``
2135 2137 Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol.
2136 2138 (default: True)
2137 2139
2138 2140 ``zliblevel``
2139 2141 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
2140 2142 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
2141 2143 commands that send repository history data).
2142 2144
2143 2145 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
2144 2146 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
2145 2147 maximum compression.
2146 2148
2147 2149 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
2148 2150 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
2149 2151 but sends more bytes to clients.
2150 2152
2151 2153 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2152 2154
2153 2155 ``zstdlevel``
2154 2156 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
2155 2157 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
2156 2158 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
2157 2159
2158 2160 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
2159 2161 delivering better compression ratios.
2160 2162
2161 2163 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2162 2164
2163 2165 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
2164 2166
2165 2167 ``view``
2166 2168 Repository filter used when exchanging revisions with the peer.
2167 2169
2168 2170 The default view (``served``) excludes secret and hidden changesets.
2169 2171 Another useful value is ``immutable`` (no draft, secret or hidden
2170 2172 changesets). (EXPERIMENTAL)
2171 2173
2172 2174 ``smtp``
2173 2175 --------
2174 2176
2175 2177 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
2176 2178
2177 2179 ``host``
2178 2180 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
2179 2181
2180 2182 ``port``
2181 2183 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
2182 2184 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
2183 2185
2184 2186 ``tls``
2185 2187 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
2186 2188 smtps or none. (default: none)
2187 2189
2188 2190 ``username``
2189 2191 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
2190 2192 (default: None)
2191 2193
2192 2194 ``password``
2193 2195 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
2194 2196 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
2195 2197 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
2196 2198
2197 2199 ``local_hostname``
2198 2200 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
2199 2201 itself to the MTA.
2200 2202
2201 2203
2202 2204 ``subpaths``
2203 2205 ------------
2204 2206
2205 2207 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
2206 2208 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
2207 2209 rewrite rules of the form::
2208 2210
2209 2211 <pattern> = <replacement>
2210 2212
2211 2213 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
2212 2214 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
2213 2215 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
2214 2216 ``replacements``. For instance::
2215 2217
2216 2218 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
2217 2219
2218 2220 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
2219 2221
2220 2222 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
2221 2223 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
2222 2224 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
2223 2225 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
2224 2226
2225 2227 ``subrepos``
2226 2228 ------------
2227 2229
2228 2230 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
2229 2231 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
2230 2232
2231 2233 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
2232 2234 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
2233 2235 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
2234 2236 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
2235 2237 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
2236 2238 the respective options below.
2237 2239
2238 2240 ``allowed``
2239 2241 Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2240 2242
2241 2243 When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
2242 2244 will fail for all subrepository types.
2243 2245 (default: true)
2244 2246
2245 2247 ``hg:allowed``
2246 2248 Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
2247 2249 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2248 2250 is true.
2249 2251 (default: true)
2250 2252
2251 2253 ``git:allowed``
2252 2254 Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2253 2255 This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
2254 2256
2255 2257 See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
2256 2258 (default: false)
2257 2259
2258 2260 ``svn:allowed``
2259 2261 Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
2260 2262 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2261 2263 is true.
2262 2264
2263 2265 See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
2264 2266 (default: false)
2265 2267
2266 2268 ``templatealias``
2267 2269 -----------------
2268 2270
2269 2271 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2270 2272
2271 2273 ``templates``
2272 2274 -------------
2273 2275
2274 2276 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
2275 2277 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2276 2278
2277 2279 ``trusted``
2278 2280 -----------
2279 2281
2280 2282 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
2281 2283 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
2282 2284 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
2283 2285 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
2284 2286 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
2285 2287 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
2286 2288 section.
2287 2289
2288 2290 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
2289 2291 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
2290 2292 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
2291 2293 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
2292 2294 user or service running Mercurial.
2293 2295
2294 2296 ``users``
2295 2297 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
2296 2298
2297 2299 ``groups``
2298 2300 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
2299 2301
2300 2302
2301 2303 ``ui``
2302 2304 ------
2303 2305
2304 2306 User interface controls.
2305 2307
2306 2308 ``archivemeta``
2307 2309 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
2308 2310 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
2309 2311 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
2310 2312 (default: True)
2311 2313
2312 2314 ``askusername``
2313 2315 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
2314 2316 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
2315 2317 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
2316 2318 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
2317 2319 (default: False)
2318 2320
2319 2321 ``clonebundles``
2320 2322 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
2321 2323
2322 2324 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
2323 2325 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
2324 2326
2325 2327 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
2326 2328
2327 2329 (default: True)
2328 2330
2329 2331 ``clonebundlefallback``
2330 2332 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
2331 2333 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
2332 2334
2333 2335 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
2334 2336 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
2335 2337 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
2336 2338 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
2337 2339 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
2338 2340 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
2339 2341 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
2340 2342 fails.
2341 2343
2342 2344 (default: False)
2343 2345
2344 2346 ``clonebundleprefers``
2345 2347 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
2346 2348
2347 2349 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
2348 2350 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
2349 2351 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
2350 2352 bundle over another.
2351 2353
2352 2354 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
2353 2355
2354 2356 BUNDLESPEC
2355 2357 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
2356 2358 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
2357 2359
2358 2360 COMPRESSION
2359 2361 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
2360 2362
2361 2363 Server operators may define custom keys.
2362 2364
2363 2365 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
2364 2366 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
2365 2367
2366 2368 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
2367 2369
2368 2370 ``color``
2369 2371 When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
2370 2372 "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
2371 2373 seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
2372 2374
2373 2375 ``commitsubrepos``
2374 2376 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
2375 2377 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
2376 2378 changes, abort the commit.
2377 2379 (default: False)
2378 2380
2379 2381 ``debug``
2380 2382 Print debugging information. (default: False)
2381 2383
2382 2384 ``editor``
2383 2385 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
2384 2386
2385 2387 ``fallbackencoding``
2386 2388 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
2387 2389 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
2388 2390
2389 2391 ``graphnodetemplate``
2390 2392 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.graphnode`` instead.
2391 2393
2392 2394 ``ignore``
2393 2395 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
2394 2396 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
2395 2397 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
2396 2398 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
2397 2399 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
2398 2400 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
2399 2401
2400 2402 ``interactive``
2401 2403 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
2402 2404
2403 2405 ``interface``
2404 2406 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
2405 2407 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2406 2408
2407 2409 ``interface.chunkselector``
2408 2410 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
2409 2411 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2410 2412 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
2411 2413
2412 2414 ``large-file-limit``
2413 2415 Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
2414 2416 Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
2415 2417 (default: 10000000)
2416 2418
2417 2419 ``logtemplate``
2418 2420 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.log`` instead.
2419 2421
2420 2422 ``merge``
2421 2423 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
2422 2424 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
2423 2425 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2424 2426
2425 2427 ``mergemarkers``
2426 2428 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` style
2427 2429 uses the ``command-templates.mergemarker`` setting to style the labels.
2428 2430 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
2429 2431 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
2430 2432 (default: ``basic``)
2431 2433
2432 2434 ``mergemarkertemplate``
2433 2435 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.mergemarker`` instead.
2434 2436
2435 2437 ``message-output``
2436 2438 Where to write status and error messages. (default: ``stdio``)
2437 2439
2438 2440 ``channel``
2439 2441 Use separate channel for structured output. (Command-server only)
2440 2442 ``stderr``
2441 2443 Everything to stderr.
2442 2444 ``stdio``
2443 2445 Status to stdout, and error to stderr.
2444 2446
2445 2447 ``origbackuppath``
2446 2448 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
2447 2449 not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this
2448 2450 directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
2449 2451 suffix.
2450 2452
2451 2453 ``paginate``
2452 2454 Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
2453 2455 for details.
2454 2456
2455 2457 ``patch``
2456 2458 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
2457 2459 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
2458 2460 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
2459 2461 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
2460 2462 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
2461 2463 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
2462 2464 from stdin.
2463 2465
2464 2466 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
2465 2467 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
2466 2468 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
2467 2469
2468 2470 ``portablefilenames``
2469 2471 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
2470 2472 (default: ``warn``)
2471 2473
2472 2474 ``warn``
2473 2475 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
2474 2476 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
2475 2477 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
2476 2478 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
2477 2479 file).
2478 2480
2479 2481 ``ignore``
2480 2482 Don't print a warning.
2481 2483
2482 2484 ``abort``
2483 2485 The command is aborted.
2484 2486
2485 2487 ``true``
2486 2488 Alias for ``warn``.
2487 2489
2488 2490 ``false``
2489 2491 Alias for ``ignore``.
2490 2492
2491 2493 .. container:: windows
2492 2494
2493 2495 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
2494 2496
2495 2497 ``pre-merge-tool-output-template``
2496 2498 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-template.pre-merge-tool-output`` instead.
2497 2499
2498 2500 ``quiet``
2499 2501 Reduce the amount of output printed.
2500 2502 (default: False)
2501 2503
2502 2504 ``relative-paths``
2503 2505 Prefer relative paths in the UI.
2504 2506
2505 2507 ``remotecmd``
2506 2508 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
2507 2509 (default: ``hg``)
2508 2510
2509 2511 ``report_untrusted``
2510 2512 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
2511 2513 trusted user or group.
2512 2514 (default: True)
2513 2515
2514 2516 ``slash``
2515 2517 (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
2516 2518
2517 2519 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
2518 2520 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
2519 2521 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
2520 2522 backslash character (``\``)).
2521 2523 (default: False)
2522 2524
2523 2525 ``statuscopies``
2524 2526 Display copies in the status command.
2525 2527
2526 2528 ``ssh``
2527 2529 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
2528 2530
2529 2531 ``ssherrorhint``
2530 2532 A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
2531 2533 ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
2532 2534
2533 2535 ``strict``
2534 2536 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
2535 2537 abbreviations. (default: False)
2536 2538
2537 2539 ``style``
2538 2540 Name of style to use for command output.
2539 2541
2540 2542 ``supportcontact``
2541 2543 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
2542 2544 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
2543 2545 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
2544 2546
2545 2547 ``textwidth``
2546 2548 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
2547 2549 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
2548 2550 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
2549 2551 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
2550 2552 used. (default: 78)
2551 2553
2552 2554 ``timeout``
2553 2555 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
2554 2556 means no timeout. (default: 600)
2555 2557
2556 2558 ``timeout.warn``
2557 2559 Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
2558 2560 value means no warning. (default: 0)
2559 2561
2560 2562 ``traceback``
2561 2563 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
2562 2564 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
2563 2565 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
2564 2566 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
2565 2567
2566 2568 ``tweakdefaults``
2567 2569
2568 2570 By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
2569 2571 to release, but over time the recommended config settings
2570 2572 shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
2571 2573 Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
2572 2574 effect if ``HGPLAIN`` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
2573 2575 not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
2574 2576
2575 2577 It currently means::
2576 2578
2577 2579 .. tweakdefaultsmarker
2578 2580
2579 2581 ``username``
2580 2582 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
2581 2583 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
2582 2584 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
2583 2585 username are expanded.
2584 2586
2585 2587 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
2586 2588 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
2587 2589 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
2588 2590 hgrc file)
2589 2591
2590 2592 ``verbose``
2591 2593 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
2592 2594
2593 2595
2594 2596 ``command-templates``
2595 2597 ---------------------
2596 2598
2597 2599 Templates used for customizing the output of commands.
2598 2600
2599 2601 ``graphnode``
2600 2602 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
2601 2603 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
2602 2604
2603 2605 ``log``
2604 2606 Template string for commands that print changesets.
2605 2607
2606 2608 ``mergemarker``
2607 2609 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
2608 2610 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
2609 2611 format.
2610 2612
2611 2613 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
2612 2614 the first line of the commit description.
2613 2615
2614 2616 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
2615 2617 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
2616 2618 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
2617 2619 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
2618 2620 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
2619 2621 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
2620 2622 serious problems may occur.
2621 2623
2622 2624 Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2623 2625
2624 2626 ``oneline-summary``
2625 2627 A template used by `hg rebase` and other commands for showing a one-line
2626 2628 summary of a commit. If the template configured here is longer than one
2627 2629 line, then only the first line is used.
2628 2630
2629 2631 The template can be overridden per command by defining a template in
2630 2632 `oneline-summary.<command>`, where `<command>` can be e.g. "rebase".
2631 2633
2632 2634 ``pre-merge-tool-output``
2633 2635 A template that is printed before executing an external merge tool. This can
2634 2636 be used to print out additional context that might be useful to have during
2635 2637 the conflict resolution, such as the description of the various commits
2636 2638 involved or bookmarks/tags.
2637 2639
2638 2640 Additional information is available in the ``local`, ``base``, and ``other``
2639 2641 dicts. For example: ``{local.label}``, ``{base.name}``, or
2640 2642 ``{other.islink}``.
2641 2643
2642 2644
2643 2645 ``web``
2644 2646 -------
2645 2647
2646 2648 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
2647 2649 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
2648 2650 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
2649 2651 and WSGI).
2650 2652
2651 2653 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
2652 2654 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
2653 2655 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
2654 2656 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
2655 2657 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
2656 2658 checks.
2657 2659
2658 2660 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
2659 2661 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
2660 2662 command line::
2661 2663
2662 2664 $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
2663 2665
2664 2666 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
2665 2667 that this should not be used for public servers.
2666 2668
2667 2669 The full set of options is:
2668 2670
2669 2671 ``accesslog``
2670 2672 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
2671 2673
2672 2674 ``address``
2673 2675 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
2674 2676
2675 2677 ``allow-archive``
2676 2678 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
2677 2679 (default: empty)
2678 2680
2679 2681 ``allowbz2``
2680 2682 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
2681 2683 revisions.
2682 2684 (default: False)
2683 2685
2684 2686 ``allowgz``
2685 2687 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
2686 2688 revisions.
2687 2689 (default: False)
2688 2690
2689 2691 ``allow-pull``
2690 2692 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
2691 2693
2692 2694 ``allow-push``
2693 2695 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2694 2696 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
2695 2697 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
2696 2698 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
2697 2699 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
2698 2700 allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
2699 2701
2700 2702 ``allow_read``
2701 2703 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
2702 2704 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
2703 2705 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
2704 2706 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
2705 2707 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
2706 2708 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
2707 2709 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
2708 2710 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
2709 2711 examined after the deny_read list.
2710 2712
2711 2713 ``allowzip``
2712 2714 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
2713 2715 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
2714 2716 (default: False)
2715 2717
2716 2718 ``archivesubrepos``
2717 2719 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
2718 2720 (default: False)
2719 2721
2720 2722 ``baseurl``
2721 2723 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
2722 2724 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
2723 2725 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
2724 2726
2725 2727 ``cacerts``
2726 2728 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
2727 2729 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
2728 2730 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
2729 2731 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
2730 2732 with these certificates.
2731 2733
2732 2734 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
2733 2735 command line.
2734 2736
2735 2737 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
2736 2738 one. On most Linux systems this will be
2737 2739 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
2738 2740 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
2739 2741
2740 2742 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2741 2743 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2742 2744 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2743 2745 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2744 2746 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2745 2747 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2746 2748
2747 2749 ``cache``
2748 2750 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
2749 2751
2750 2752 ``certificate``
2751 2753 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
2752 2754
2753 2755 ``collapse``
2754 2756 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
2755 2757 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
2756 2758 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
2757 2759 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
2758 2760 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
2759 2761 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
2760 2762 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
2761 2763
2762 2764 ``comparisoncontext``
2763 2765 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
2764 2766 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
2765 2767
2766 2768 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
2767 2769 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
2768 2770
2769 2771 ``contact``
2770 2772 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
2771 2773 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
2772 2774
2773 2775 ``csp``
2774 2776 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
2775 2777
2776 2778 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
2777 2779 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
2778 2780 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
2779 2781 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
2780 2782 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
2781 2783
2782 2784 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
2783 2785 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
2784 2786 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
2785 2787 threat model.
2786 2788
2787 2789 ``deny_push``
2788 2790 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2789 2791 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
2790 2792 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
2791 2793 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
2792 2794 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
2793 2795
2794 2796 ``deny_read``
2795 2797 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
2796 2798 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
2797 2799 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
2798 2800 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
2799 2801 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
2800 2802 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
2801 2803 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
2802 2804 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
2803 2805 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
2804 2806 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
2805 2807 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
2806 2808 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
2807 2809 list.
2808 2810
2809 2811 ``descend``
2810 2812 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
2811 2813 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
2812 2814 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
2813 2815
2814 2816 ``description``
2815 2817 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
2816 2818 (default: "unknown")
2817 2819
2818 2820 ``encoding``
2819 2821 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
2820 2822 Example: "UTF-8".
2821 2823
2822 2824 ``errorlog``
2823 2825 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
2824 2826
2825 2827 ``guessmime``
2826 2828 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
2827 2829 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
2828 2830 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
2829 2831 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
2830 2832 repositories. (default: False)
2831 2833
2832 2834 ``hidden``
2833 2835 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
2834 2836 (default: False)
2835 2837
2836 2838 ``ipv6``
2837 2839 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
2838 2840
2839 2841 ``labels``
2840 2842 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
2841 2843
2842 2844 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
2843 2845 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
2844 2846 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
2845 2847 if a specific label is present.
2846 2848
2847 2849 ``logoimg``
2848 2850 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
2849 2851 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
2850 2852 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
2851 2853 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
2852 2854
2853 2855 ``logourl``
2854 2856 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
2855 2857 will be used.
2856 2858
2857 2859 ``maxchanges``
2858 2860 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
2859 2861
2860 2862 ``maxfiles``
2861 2863 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
2862 2864
2863 2865 ``maxshortchanges``
2864 2866 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
2865 2867 pages. (default: 60)
2866 2868
2867 2869 ``name``
2868 2870 Repository name to use in the web interface.
2869 2871 (default: current working directory)
2870 2872
2871 2873 ``port``
2872 2874 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
2873 2875
2874 2876 ``prefix``
2875 2877 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
2876 2878
2877 2879 ``push_ssl``
2878 2880 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
2879 2881 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
2880 2882
2881 2883 ``refreshinterval``
2882 2884 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
2883 2885 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
2884 2886 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
2885 2887 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
2886 2888
2887 2889 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
2888 2890 (default: 20)
2889 2891
2890 2892 ``server-header``
2891 2893 Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
2892 2894
2893 2895 ``static``
2894 2896 Directory where static files are served from.
2895 2897
2896 2898 ``staticurl``
2897 2899 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
2898 2900 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
2899 2901 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
2900 2902 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
2901 2903
2902 2904 ``stripes``
2903 2905 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
2904 2906 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
2905 2907
2906 2908 ``style``
2907 2909 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
2908 2910 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
2909 2911 Example: ``monoblue``.
2910 2912
2911 2913 ``templates``
2912 2914 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
2913 2915 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
2914 2916
2915 2917 ``websub``
2916 2918 ----------
2917 2919
2918 2920 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
2919 2921 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
2920 2922 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
2921 2923
2922 2924 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
2923 2925 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
2924 2926 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
2925 2927 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
2926 2928
2927 2929 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
2928 2930 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
2929 2931 HTML (see the examples below).
2930 2932
2931 2933 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
2932 2934 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
2933 2935 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
2934 2936 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
2935 2937
2936 2938 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
2937 2939
2938 2940 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
2939 2941 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
2940 2942
2941 2943 Examples::
2942 2944
2943 2945 [websub]
2944 2946 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
2945 2947 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
2946 2948 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
2947 2949
2948 2950 ``worker``
2949 2951 ----------
2950 2952
2951 2953 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
2952 2954 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
2953 2955 helps performance.
2954 2956
2955 2957 ``enabled``
2956 2958 Whether to enable workers code to be used.
2957 2959 (default: true)
2958 2960
2959 2961 ``numcpus``
2960 2962 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
2961 2963 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
2962 2964 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
2963 2965
2964 2966 ``backgroundclose``
2965 2967 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
2966 2968 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
2967 2969 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
2968 2970 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
2969 2971 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
2970 2972
2971 2973 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
2972 2974 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
2973 2975 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
2974 2976 threads.
2975 2977 (default: 2048)
2976 2978
2977 2979 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
2978 2980 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
2979 2981 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
2980 2982 enabled.
2981 2983 (default: 384)
2982 2984
2983 2985 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
2984 2986 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
2985 2987 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
2986 2988 (default: 4)
@@ -1,3650 +1,3653 b''
1 1 # localrepo.py - read/write repository class for mercurial
2 2 #
3 3 # Copyright 2005-2007 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
4 4 #
5 5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7 7
8 8 from __future__ import absolute_import
9 9
10 10 import errno
11 11 import functools
12 12 import os
13 13 import random
14 14 import sys
15 15 import time
16 16 import weakref
17 17
18 18 from .i18n import _
19 19 from .node import (
20 20 bin,
21 21 hex,
22 22 nullid,
23 23 nullrev,
24 24 short,
25 25 )
26 26 from .pycompat import (
27 27 delattr,
28 28 getattr,
29 29 )
30 30 from . import (
31 31 bookmarks,
32 32 branchmap,
33 33 bundle2,
34 34 bundlecaches,
35 35 changegroup,
36 36 color,
37 37 commit,
38 38 context,
39 39 dirstate,
40 40 dirstateguard,
41 41 discovery,
42 42 encoding,
43 43 error,
44 44 exchange,
45 45 extensions,
46 46 filelog,
47 47 hook,
48 48 lock as lockmod,
49 49 match as matchmod,
50 50 mergestate as mergestatemod,
51 51 mergeutil,
52 52 namespaces,
53 53 narrowspec,
54 54 obsolete,
55 55 pathutil,
56 56 phases,
57 57 pushkey,
58 58 pycompat,
59 59 rcutil,
60 60 repoview,
61 61 requirements as requirementsmod,
62 62 revlog,
63 63 revset,
64 64 revsetlang,
65 65 scmutil,
66 66 sparse,
67 67 store as storemod,
68 68 subrepoutil,
69 69 tags as tagsmod,
70 70 transaction,
71 71 txnutil,
72 72 util,
73 73 vfs as vfsmod,
74 74 )
75 75
76 76 from .interfaces import (
77 77 repository,
78 78 util as interfaceutil,
79 79 )
80 80
81 81 from .utils import (
82 82 hashutil,
83 83 procutil,
84 84 stringutil,
85 85 )
86 86
87 87 from .revlogutils import constants as revlogconst
88 88
89 89 release = lockmod.release
90 90 urlerr = util.urlerr
91 91 urlreq = util.urlreq
92 92
93 93 # set of (path, vfs-location) tuples. vfs-location is:
94 94 # - 'plain for vfs relative paths
95 95 # - '' for svfs relative paths
96 96 _cachedfiles = set()
97 97
98 98
99 99 class _basefilecache(scmutil.filecache):
100 100 """All filecache usage on repo are done for logic that should be unfiltered"""
101 101
102 102 def __get__(self, repo, type=None):
103 103 if repo is None:
104 104 return self
105 105 # proxy to unfiltered __dict__ since filtered repo has no entry
106 106 unfi = repo.unfiltered()
107 107 try:
108 108 return unfi.__dict__[self.sname]
109 109 except KeyError:
110 110 pass
111 111 return super(_basefilecache, self).__get__(unfi, type)
112 112
113 113 def set(self, repo, value):
114 114 return super(_basefilecache, self).set(repo.unfiltered(), value)
115 115
116 116
117 117 class repofilecache(_basefilecache):
118 118 """filecache for files in .hg but outside of .hg/store"""
119 119
120 120 def __init__(self, *paths):
121 121 super(repofilecache, self).__init__(*paths)
122 122 for path in paths:
123 123 _cachedfiles.add((path, b'plain'))
124 124
125 125 def join(self, obj, fname):
126 126 return obj.vfs.join(fname)
127 127
128 128
129 129 class storecache(_basefilecache):
130 130 """filecache for files in the store"""
131 131
132 132 def __init__(self, *paths):
133 133 super(storecache, self).__init__(*paths)
134 134 for path in paths:
135 135 _cachedfiles.add((path, b''))
136 136
137 137 def join(self, obj, fname):
138 138 return obj.sjoin(fname)
139 139
140 140
141 141 class mixedrepostorecache(_basefilecache):
142 142 """filecache for a mix files in .hg/store and outside"""
143 143
144 144 def __init__(self, *pathsandlocations):
145 145 # scmutil.filecache only uses the path for passing back into our
146 146 # join(), so we can safely pass a list of paths and locations
147 147 super(mixedrepostorecache, self).__init__(*pathsandlocations)
148 148 _cachedfiles.update(pathsandlocations)
149 149
150 150 def join(self, obj, fnameandlocation):
151 151 fname, location = fnameandlocation
152 152 if location == b'plain':
153 153 return obj.vfs.join(fname)
154 154 else:
155 155 if location != b'':
156 156 raise error.ProgrammingError(
157 157 b'unexpected location: %s' % location
158 158 )
159 159 return obj.sjoin(fname)
160 160
161 161
162 162 def isfilecached(repo, name):
163 163 """check if a repo has already cached "name" filecache-ed property
164 164
165 165 This returns (cachedobj-or-None, iscached) tuple.
166 166 """
167 167 cacheentry = repo.unfiltered()._filecache.get(name, None)
168 168 if not cacheentry:
169 169 return None, False
170 170 return cacheentry.obj, True
171 171
172 172
173 173 class unfilteredpropertycache(util.propertycache):
174 174 """propertycache that apply to unfiltered repo only"""
175 175
176 176 def __get__(self, repo, type=None):
177 177 unfi = repo.unfiltered()
178 178 if unfi is repo:
179 179 return super(unfilteredpropertycache, self).__get__(unfi)
180 180 return getattr(unfi, self.name)
181 181
182 182
183 183 class filteredpropertycache(util.propertycache):
184 184 """propertycache that must take filtering in account"""
185 185
186 186 def cachevalue(self, obj, value):
187 187 object.__setattr__(obj, self.name, value)
188 188
189 189
190 190 def hasunfilteredcache(repo, name):
191 191 """check if a repo has an unfilteredpropertycache value for <name>"""
192 192 return name in vars(repo.unfiltered())
193 193
194 194
195 195 def unfilteredmethod(orig):
196 196 """decorate method that always need to be run on unfiltered version"""
197 197
198 198 @functools.wraps(orig)
199 199 def wrapper(repo, *args, **kwargs):
200 200 return orig(repo.unfiltered(), *args, **kwargs)
201 201
202 202 return wrapper
203 203
204 204
205 205 moderncaps = {
206 206 b'lookup',
207 207 b'branchmap',
208 208 b'pushkey',
209 209 b'known',
210 210 b'getbundle',
211 211 b'unbundle',
212 212 }
213 213 legacycaps = moderncaps.union({b'changegroupsubset'})
214 214
215 215
216 216 @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.ipeercommandexecutor)
217 217 class localcommandexecutor(object):
218 218 def __init__(self, peer):
219 219 self._peer = peer
220 220 self._sent = False
221 221 self._closed = False
222 222
223 223 def __enter__(self):
224 224 return self
225 225
226 226 def __exit__(self, exctype, excvalue, exctb):
227 227 self.close()
228 228
229 229 def callcommand(self, command, args):
230 230 if self._sent:
231 231 raise error.ProgrammingError(
232 232 b'callcommand() cannot be used after sendcommands()'
233 233 )
234 234
235 235 if self._closed:
236 236 raise error.ProgrammingError(
237 237 b'callcommand() cannot be used after close()'
238 238 )
239 239
240 240 # We don't need to support anything fancy. Just call the named
241 241 # method on the peer and return a resolved future.
242 242 fn = getattr(self._peer, pycompat.sysstr(command))
243 243
244 244 f = pycompat.futures.Future()
245 245
246 246 try:
247 247 result = fn(**pycompat.strkwargs(args))
248 248 except Exception:
249 249 pycompat.future_set_exception_info(f, sys.exc_info()[1:])
250 250 else:
251 251 f.set_result(result)
252 252
253 253 return f
254 254
255 255 def sendcommands(self):
256 256 self._sent = True
257 257
258 258 def close(self):
259 259 self._closed = True
260 260
261 261
262 262 @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.ipeercommands)
263 263 class localpeer(repository.peer):
264 264 '''peer for a local repo; reflects only the most recent API'''
265 265
266 266 def __init__(self, repo, caps=None):
267 267 super(localpeer, self).__init__()
268 268
269 269 if caps is None:
270 270 caps = moderncaps.copy()
271 271 self._repo = repo.filtered(b'served')
272 272 self.ui = repo.ui
273 273 self._caps = repo._restrictcapabilities(caps)
274 274
275 275 # Begin of _basepeer interface.
276 276
277 277 def url(self):
278 278 return self._repo.url()
279 279
280 280 def local(self):
281 281 return self._repo
282 282
283 283 def peer(self):
284 284 return self
285 285
286 286 def canpush(self):
287 287 return True
288 288
289 289 def close(self):
290 290 self._repo.close()
291 291
292 292 # End of _basepeer interface.
293 293
294 294 # Begin of _basewirecommands interface.
295 295
296 296 def branchmap(self):
297 297 return self._repo.branchmap()
298 298
299 299 def capabilities(self):
300 300 return self._caps
301 301
302 302 def clonebundles(self):
303 303 return self._repo.tryread(bundlecaches.CB_MANIFEST_FILE)
304 304
305 305 def debugwireargs(self, one, two, three=None, four=None, five=None):
306 306 """Used to test argument passing over the wire"""
307 307 return b"%s %s %s %s %s" % (
308 308 one,
309 309 two,
310 310 pycompat.bytestr(three),
311 311 pycompat.bytestr(four),
312 312 pycompat.bytestr(five),
313 313 )
314 314
315 315 def getbundle(
316 316 self, source, heads=None, common=None, bundlecaps=None, **kwargs
317 317 ):
318 318 chunks = exchange.getbundlechunks(
319 319 self._repo,
320 320 source,
321 321 heads=heads,
322 322 common=common,
323 323 bundlecaps=bundlecaps,
324 324 **kwargs
325 325 )[1]
326 326 cb = util.chunkbuffer(chunks)
327 327
328 328 if exchange.bundle2requested(bundlecaps):
329 329 # When requesting a bundle2, getbundle returns a stream to make the
330 330 # wire level function happier. We need to build a proper object
331 331 # from it in local peer.
332 332 return bundle2.getunbundler(self.ui, cb)
333 333 else:
334 334 return changegroup.getunbundler(b'01', cb, None)
335 335
336 336 def heads(self):
337 337 return self._repo.heads()
338 338
339 339 def known(self, nodes):
340 340 return self._repo.known(nodes)
341 341
342 342 def listkeys(self, namespace):
343 343 return self._repo.listkeys(namespace)
344 344
345 345 def lookup(self, key):
346 346 return self._repo.lookup(key)
347 347
348 348 def pushkey(self, namespace, key, old, new):
349 349 return self._repo.pushkey(namespace, key, old, new)
350 350
351 351 def stream_out(self):
352 352 raise error.Abort(_(b'cannot perform stream clone against local peer'))
353 353
354 354 def unbundle(self, bundle, heads, url):
355 355 """apply a bundle on a repo
356 356
357 357 This function handles the repo locking itself."""
358 358 try:
359 359 try:
360 360 bundle = exchange.readbundle(self.ui, bundle, None)
361 361 ret = exchange.unbundle(self._repo, bundle, heads, b'push', url)
362 362 if util.safehasattr(ret, b'getchunks'):
363 363 # This is a bundle20 object, turn it into an unbundler.
364 364 # This little dance should be dropped eventually when the
365 365 # API is finally improved.
366 366 stream = util.chunkbuffer(ret.getchunks())
367 367 ret = bundle2.getunbundler(self.ui, stream)
368 368 return ret
369 369 except Exception as exc:
370 370 # If the exception contains output salvaged from a bundle2
371 371 # reply, we need to make sure it is printed before continuing
372 372 # to fail. So we build a bundle2 with such output and consume
373 373 # it directly.
374 374 #
375 375 # This is not very elegant but allows a "simple" solution for
376 376 # issue4594
377 377 output = getattr(exc, '_bundle2salvagedoutput', ())
378 378 if output:
379 379 bundler = bundle2.bundle20(self._repo.ui)
380 380 for out in output:
381 381 bundler.addpart(out)
382 382 stream = util.chunkbuffer(bundler.getchunks())
383 383 b = bundle2.getunbundler(self.ui, stream)
384 384 bundle2.processbundle(self._repo, b)
385 385 raise
386 386 except error.PushRaced as exc:
387 387 raise error.ResponseError(
388 388 _(b'push failed:'), stringutil.forcebytestr(exc)
389 389 )
390 390
391 391 # End of _basewirecommands interface.
392 392
393 393 # Begin of peer interface.
394 394
395 395 def commandexecutor(self):
396 396 return localcommandexecutor(self)
397 397
398 398 # End of peer interface.
399 399
400 400
401 401 @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.ipeerlegacycommands)
402 402 class locallegacypeer(localpeer):
403 403 """peer extension which implements legacy methods too; used for tests with
404 404 restricted capabilities"""
405 405
406 406 def __init__(self, repo):
407 407 super(locallegacypeer, self).__init__(repo, caps=legacycaps)
408 408
409 409 # Begin of baselegacywirecommands interface.
410 410
411 411 def between(self, pairs):
412 412 return self._repo.between(pairs)
413 413
414 414 def branches(self, nodes):
415 415 return self._repo.branches(nodes)
416 416
417 417 def changegroup(self, nodes, source):
418 418 outgoing = discovery.outgoing(
419 419 self._repo, missingroots=nodes, ancestorsof=self._repo.heads()
420 420 )
421 421 return changegroup.makechangegroup(self._repo, outgoing, b'01', source)
422 422
423 423 def changegroupsubset(self, bases, heads, source):
424 424 outgoing = discovery.outgoing(
425 425 self._repo, missingroots=bases, ancestorsof=heads
426 426 )
427 427 return changegroup.makechangegroup(self._repo, outgoing, b'01', source)
428 428
429 429 # End of baselegacywirecommands interface.
430 430
431 431
432 432 # Functions receiving (ui, features) that extensions can register to impact
433 433 # the ability to load repositories with custom requirements. Only
434 434 # functions defined in loaded extensions are called.
435 435 #
436 436 # The function receives a set of requirement strings that the repository
437 437 # is capable of opening. Functions will typically add elements to the
438 438 # set to reflect that the extension knows how to handle that requirements.
439 439 featuresetupfuncs = set()
440 440
441 441
442 442 def _getsharedvfs(hgvfs, requirements):
443 443 """returns the vfs object pointing to root of shared source
444 444 repo for a shared repository
445 445
446 446 hgvfs is vfs pointing at .hg/ of current repo (shared one)
447 447 requirements is a set of requirements of current repo (shared one)
448 448 """
449 449 # The ``shared`` or ``relshared`` requirements indicate the
450 450 # store lives in the path contained in the ``.hg/sharedpath`` file.
451 451 # This is an absolute path for ``shared`` and relative to
452 452 # ``.hg/`` for ``relshared``.
453 453 sharedpath = hgvfs.read(b'sharedpath').rstrip(b'\n')
454 454 if requirementsmod.RELATIVE_SHARED_REQUIREMENT in requirements:
455 455 sharedpath = hgvfs.join(sharedpath)
456 456
457 457 sharedvfs = vfsmod.vfs(sharedpath, realpath=True)
458 458
459 459 if not sharedvfs.exists():
460 460 raise error.RepoError(
461 461 _(b'.hg/sharedpath points to nonexistent directory %s')
462 462 % sharedvfs.base
463 463 )
464 464 return sharedvfs
465 465
466 466
467 467 def _readrequires(vfs, allowmissing):
468 468 """reads the require file present at root of this vfs
469 469 and return a set of requirements
470 470
471 471 If allowmissing is True, we suppress ENOENT if raised"""
472 472 # requires file contains a newline-delimited list of
473 473 # features/capabilities the opener (us) must have in order to use
474 474 # the repository. This file was introduced in Mercurial 0.9.2,
475 475 # which means very old repositories may not have one. We assume
476 476 # a missing file translates to no requirements.
477 477 try:
478 478 requirements = set(vfs.read(b'requires').splitlines())
479 479 except IOError as e:
480 480 if not (allowmissing and e.errno == errno.ENOENT):
481 481 raise
482 482 requirements = set()
483 483 return requirements
484 484
485 485
486 486 def makelocalrepository(baseui, path, intents=None):
487 487 """Create a local repository object.
488 488
489 489 Given arguments needed to construct a local repository, this function
490 490 performs various early repository loading functionality (such as
491 491 reading the ``.hg/requires`` and ``.hg/hgrc`` files), validates that
492 492 the repository can be opened, derives a type suitable for representing
493 493 that repository, and returns an instance of it.
494 494
495 495 The returned object conforms to the ``repository.completelocalrepository``
496 496 interface.
497 497
498 498 The repository type is derived by calling a series of factory functions
499 499 for each aspect/interface of the final repository. These are defined by
500 500 ``REPO_INTERFACES``.
501 501
502 502 Each factory function is called to produce a type implementing a specific
503 503 interface. The cumulative list of returned types will be combined into a
504 504 new type and that type will be instantiated to represent the local
505 505 repository.
506 506
507 507 The factory functions each receive various state that may be consulted
508 508 as part of deriving a type.
509 509
510 510 Extensions should wrap these factory functions to customize repository type
511 511 creation. Note that an extension's wrapped function may be called even if
512 512 that extension is not loaded for the repo being constructed. Extensions
513 513 should check if their ``__name__`` appears in the
514 514 ``extensionmodulenames`` set passed to the factory function and no-op if
515 515 not.
516 516 """
517 517 ui = baseui.copy()
518 518 # Prevent copying repo configuration.
519 519 ui.copy = baseui.copy
520 520
521 521 # Working directory VFS rooted at repository root.
522 522 wdirvfs = vfsmod.vfs(path, expandpath=True, realpath=True)
523 523
524 524 # Main VFS for .hg/ directory.
525 525 hgpath = wdirvfs.join(b'.hg')
526 526 hgvfs = vfsmod.vfs(hgpath, cacheaudited=True)
527 527 # Whether this repository is shared one or not
528 528 shared = False
529 529 # If this repository is shared, vfs pointing to shared repo
530 530 sharedvfs = None
531 531
532 532 # The .hg/ path should exist and should be a directory. All other
533 533 # cases are errors.
534 534 if not hgvfs.isdir():
535 535 try:
536 536 hgvfs.stat()
537 537 except OSError as e:
538 538 if e.errno != errno.ENOENT:
539 539 raise
540 540 except ValueError as e:
541 541 # Can be raised on Python 3.8 when path is invalid.
542 542 raise error.Abort(
543 543 _(b'invalid path %s: %s') % (path, pycompat.bytestr(e))
544 544 )
545 545
546 546 raise error.RepoError(_(b'repository %s not found') % path)
547 547
548 548 requirements = _readrequires(hgvfs, True)
549 549 shared = (
550 550 requirementsmod.SHARED_REQUIREMENT in requirements
551 551 or requirementsmod.RELATIVE_SHARED_REQUIREMENT in requirements
552 552 )
553 553 storevfs = None
554 554 if shared:
555 555 # This is a shared repo
556 556 sharedvfs = _getsharedvfs(hgvfs, requirements)
557 557 storevfs = vfsmod.vfs(sharedvfs.join(b'store'))
558 558 else:
559 559 storevfs = vfsmod.vfs(hgvfs.join(b'store'))
560 560
561 561 # if .hg/requires contains the sharesafe requirement, it means
562 562 # there exists a `.hg/store/requires` too and we should read it
563 563 # NOTE: presence of SHARESAFE_REQUIREMENT imply that store requirement
564 564 # is present. We never write SHARESAFE_REQUIREMENT for a repo if store
565 565 # is not present, refer checkrequirementscompat() for that
566 566 #
567 567 # However, if SHARESAFE_REQUIREMENT is not present, it means that the
568 568 # repository was shared the old way. We check the share source .hg/requires
569 569 # for SHARESAFE_REQUIREMENT to detect whether the current repository needs
570 570 # to be reshared
571 571 if requirementsmod.SHARESAFE_REQUIREMENT in requirements:
572 572
573 573 if (
574 574 shared
575 575 and requirementsmod.SHARESAFE_REQUIREMENT
576 576 not in _readrequires(sharedvfs, True)
577 577 ):
578 578 if ui.configbool(
579 579 b'experimental', b'sharesafe-auto-downgrade-shares'
580 580 ):
581 581 # prevent cyclic import localrepo -> upgrade -> localrepo
582 582 from . import upgrade
583 583
584 584 upgrade.downgrade_share_to_non_safe(
585 585 ui,
586 586 hgvfs,
587 587 sharedvfs,
588 588 requirements,
589 589 )
590 590 else:
591 591 raise error.Abort(
592 592 _(
593 593 b"share source does not support exp-sharesafe requirement"
594 594 )
595 595 )
596 596 else:
597 597 requirements |= _readrequires(storevfs, False)
598 598 elif shared:
599 599 sourcerequires = _readrequires(sharedvfs, False)
600 600 if requirementsmod.SHARESAFE_REQUIREMENT in sourcerequires:
601 601 if ui.configbool(b'experimental', b'sharesafe-auto-upgrade-shares'):
602 602 # prevent cyclic import localrepo -> upgrade -> localrepo
603 603 from . import upgrade
604 604
605 605 upgrade.upgrade_share_to_safe(
606 606 ui,
607 607 hgvfs,
608 608 storevfs,
609 609 requirements,
610 610 )
611 611 elif ui.configbool(
612 612 b'experimental', b'sharesafe-warn-outdated-shares'
613 613 ):
614 614 ui.warn(
615 615 _(
616 616 b'warning: source repository supports share-safe functionality.'
617 617 b' Reshare to upgrade.\n'
618 618 )
619 619 )
620 620
621 621 # The .hg/hgrc file may load extensions or contain config options
622 622 # that influence repository construction. Attempt to load it and
623 623 # process any new extensions that it may have pulled in.
624 624 if loadhgrc(ui, wdirvfs, hgvfs, requirements, sharedvfs):
625 625 afterhgrcload(ui, wdirvfs, hgvfs, requirements)
626 626 extensions.loadall(ui)
627 627 extensions.populateui(ui)
628 628
629 629 # Set of module names of extensions loaded for this repository.
630 630 extensionmodulenames = {m.__name__ for n, m in extensions.extensions(ui)}
631 631
632 632 supportedrequirements = gathersupportedrequirements(ui)
633 633
634 634 # We first validate the requirements are known.
635 635 ensurerequirementsrecognized(requirements, supportedrequirements)
636 636
637 637 # Then we validate that the known set is reasonable to use together.
638 638 ensurerequirementscompatible(ui, requirements)
639 639
640 640 # TODO there are unhandled edge cases related to opening repositories with
641 641 # shared storage. If storage is shared, we should also test for requirements
642 642 # compatibility in the pointed-to repo. This entails loading the .hg/hgrc in
643 643 # that repo, as that repo may load extensions needed to open it. This is a
644 644 # bit complicated because we don't want the other hgrc to overwrite settings
645 645 # in this hgrc.
646 646 #
647 647 # This bug is somewhat mitigated by the fact that we copy the .hg/requires
648 648 # file when sharing repos. But if a requirement is added after the share is
649 649 # performed, thereby introducing a new requirement for the opener, we may
650 650 # will not see that and could encounter a run-time error interacting with
651 651 # that shared store since it has an unknown-to-us requirement.
652 652
653 653 # At this point, we know we should be capable of opening the repository.
654 654 # Now get on with doing that.
655 655
656 656 features = set()
657 657
658 658 # The "store" part of the repository holds versioned data. How it is
659 659 # accessed is determined by various requirements. If `shared` or
660 660 # `relshared` requirements are present, this indicates current repository
661 661 # is a share and store exists in path mentioned in `.hg/sharedpath`
662 662 if shared:
663 663 storebasepath = sharedvfs.base
664 664 cachepath = sharedvfs.join(b'cache')
665 665 features.add(repository.REPO_FEATURE_SHARED_STORAGE)
666 666 else:
667 667 storebasepath = hgvfs.base
668 668 cachepath = hgvfs.join(b'cache')
669 669 wcachepath = hgvfs.join(b'wcache')
670 670
671 671 # The store has changed over time and the exact layout is dictated by
672 672 # requirements. The store interface abstracts differences across all
673 673 # of them.
674 674 store = makestore(
675 675 requirements,
676 676 storebasepath,
677 677 lambda base: vfsmod.vfs(base, cacheaudited=True),
678 678 )
679 679 hgvfs.createmode = store.createmode
680 680
681 681 storevfs = store.vfs
682 682 storevfs.options = resolvestorevfsoptions(ui, requirements, features)
683 683
684 684 # The cache vfs is used to manage cache files.
685 685 cachevfs = vfsmod.vfs(cachepath, cacheaudited=True)
686 686 cachevfs.createmode = store.createmode
687 687 # The cache vfs is used to manage cache files related to the working copy
688 688 wcachevfs = vfsmod.vfs(wcachepath, cacheaudited=True)
689 689 wcachevfs.createmode = store.createmode
690 690
691 691 # Now resolve the type for the repository object. We do this by repeatedly
692 692 # calling a factory function to produces types for specific aspects of the
693 693 # repo's operation. The aggregate returned types are used as base classes
694 694 # for a dynamically-derived type, which will represent our new repository.
695 695
696 696 bases = []
697 697 extrastate = {}
698 698
699 699 for iface, fn in REPO_INTERFACES:
700 700 # We pass all potentially useful state to give extensions tons of
701 701 # flexibility.
702 702 typ = fn()(
703 703 ui=ui,
704 704 intents=intents,
705 705 requirements=requirements,
706 706 features=features,
707 707 wdirvfs=wdirvfs,
708 708 hgvfs=hgvfs,
709 709 store=store,
710 710 storevfs=storevfs,
711 711 storeoptions=storevfs.options,
712 712 cachevfs=cachevfs,
713 713 wcachevfs=wcachevfs,
714 714 extensionmodulenames=extensionmodulenames,
715 715 extrastate=extrastate,
716 716 baseclasses=bases,
717 717 )
718 718
719 719 if not isinstance(typ, type):
720 720 raise error.ProgrammingError(
721 721 b'unable to construct type for %s' % iface
722 722 )
723 723
724 724 bases.append(typ)
725 725
726 726 # type() allows you to use characters in type names that wouldn't be
727 727 # recognized as Python symbols in source code. We abuse that to add
728 728 # rich information about our constructed repo.
729 729 name = pycompat.sysstr(
730 730 b'derivedrepo:%s<%s>' % (wdirvfs.base, b','.join(sorted(requirements)))
731 731 )
732 732
733 733 cls = type(name, tuple(bases), {})
734 734
735 735 return cls(
736 736 baseui=baseui,
737 737 ui=ui,
738 738 origroot=path,
739 739 wdirvfs=wdirvfs,
740 740 hgvfs=hgvfs,
741 741 requirements=requirements,
742 742 supportedrequirements=supportedrequirements,
743 743 sharedpath=storebasepath,
744 744 store=store,
745 745 cachevfs=cachevfs,
746 746 wcachevfs=wcachevfs,
747 747 features=features,
748 748 intents=intents,
749 749 )
750 750
751 751
752 752 def loadhgrc(ui, wdirvfs, hgvfs, requirements, sharedvfs=None):
753 753 """Load hgrc files/content into a ui instance.
754 754
755 755 This is called during repository opening to load any additional
756 756 config files or settings relevant to the current repository.
757 757
758 758 Returns a bool indicating whether any additional configs were loaded.
759 759
760 760 Extensions should monkeypatch this function to modify how per-repo
761 761 configs are loaded. For example, an extension may wish to pull in
762 762 configs from alternate files or sources.
763 763
764 764 sharedvfs is vfs object pointing to source repo if the current one is a
765 765 shared one
766 766 """
767 767 if not rcutil.use_repo_hgrc():
768 768 return False
769 769
770 770 ret = False
771 771 # first load config from shared source if we has to
772 772 if requirementsmod.SHARESAFE_REQUIREMENT in requirements and sharedvfs:
773 773 try:
774 774 ui.readconfig(sharedvfs.join(b'hgrc'), root=sharedvfs.base)
775 775 ret = True
776 776 except IOError:
777 777 pass
778 778
779 779 try:
780 780 ui.readconfig(hgvfs.join(b'hgrc'), root=wdirvfs.base)
781 781 ret = True
782 782 except IOError:
783 783 pass
784 784
785 785 try:
786 786 ui.readconfig(hgvfs.join(b'hgrc-not-shared'), root=wdirvfs.base)
787 787 ret = True
788 788 except IOError:
789 789 pass
790 790
791 791 return ret
792 792
793 793
794 794 def afterhgrcload(ui, wdirvfs, hgvfs, requirements):
795 795 """Perform additional actions after .hg/hgrc is loaded.
796 796
797 797 This function is called during repository loading immediately after
798 798 the .hg/hgrc file is loaded and before per-repo extensions are loaded.
799 799
800 800 The function can be used to validate configs, automatically add
801 801 options (including extensions) based on requirements, etc.
802 802 """
803 803
804 804 # Map of requirements to list of extensions to load automatically when
805 805 # requirement is present.
806 806 autoextensions = {
807 807 b'git': [b'git'],
808 808 b'largefiles': [b'largefiles'],
809 809 b'lfs': [b'lfs'],
810 810 }
811 811
812 812 for requirement, names in sorted(autoextensions.items()):
813 813 if requirement not in requirements:
814 814 continue
815 815
816 816 for name in names:
817 817 if not ui.hasconfig(b'extensions', name):
818 818 ui.setconfig(b'extensions', name, b'', source=b'autoload')
819 819
820 820
821 821 def gathersupportedrequirements(ui):
822 822 """Determine the complete set of recognized requirements."""
823 823 # Start with all requirements supported by this file.
824 824 supported = set(localrepository._basesupported)
825 825
826 826 # Execute ``featuresetupfuncs`` entries if they belong to an extension
827 827 # relevant to this ui instance.
828 828 modules = {m.__name__ for n, m in extensions.extensions(ui)}
829 829
830 830 for fn in featuresetupfuncs:
831 831 if fn.__module__ in modules:
832 832 fn(ui, supported)
833 833
834 834 # Add derived requirements from registered compression engines.
835 835 for name in util.compengines:
836 836 engine = util.compengines[name]
837 837 if engine.available() and engine.revlogheader():
838 838 supported.add(b'exp-compression-%s' % name)
839 839 if engine.name() == b'zstd':
840 840 supported.add(b'revlog-compression-zstd')
841 841
842 842 return supported
843 843
844 844
845 845 def ensurerequirementsrecognized(requirements, supported):
846 846 """Validate that a set of local requirements is recognized.
847 847
848 848 Receives a set of requirements. Raises an ``error.RepoError`` if there
849 849 exists any requirement in that set that currently loaded code doesn't
850 850 recognize.
851 851
852 852 Returns a set of supported requirements.
853 853 """
854 854 missing = set()
855 855
856 856 for requirement in requirements:
857 857 if requirement in supported:
858 858 continue
859 859
860 860 if not requirement or not requirement[0:1].isalnum():
861 861 raise error.RequirementError(_(b'.hg/requires file is corrupt'))
862 862
863 863 missing.add(requirement)
864 864
865 865 if missing:
866 866 raise error.RequirementError(
867 867 _(b'repository requires features unknown to this Mercurial: %s')
868 868 % b' '.join(sorted(missing)),
869 869 hint=_(
870 870 b'see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement '
871 871 b'for more information'
872 872 ),
873 873 )
874 874
875 875
876 876 def ensurerequirementscompatible(ui, requirements):
877 877 """Validates that a set of recognized requirements is mutually compatible.
878 878
879 879 Some requirements may not be compatible with others or require
880 880 config options that aren't enabled. This function is called during
881 881 repository opening to ensure that the set of requirements needed
882 882 to open a repository is sane and compatible with config options.
883 883
884 884 Extensions can monkeypatch this function to perform additional
885 885 checking.
886 886
887 887 ``error.RepoError`` should be raised on failure.
888 888 """
889 889 if (
890 890 requirementsmod.SPARSE_REQUIREMENT in requirements
891 891 and not sparse.enabled
892 892 ):
893 893 raise error.RepoError(
894 894 _(
895 895 b'repository is using sparse feature but '
896 896 b'sparse is not enabled; enable the '
897 897 b'"sparse" extensions to access'
898 898 )
899 899 )
900 900
901 901
902 902 def makestore(requirements, path, vfstype):
903 903 """Construct a storage object for a repository."""
904 904 if b'store' in requirements:
905 905 if b'fncache' in requirements:
906 906 return storemod.fncachestore(
907 907 path, vfstype, b'dotencode' in requirements
908 908 )
909 909
910 910 return storemod.encodedstore(path, vfstype)
911 911
912 912 return storemod.basicstore(path, vfstype)
913 913
914 914
915 915 def resolvestorevfsoptions(ui, requirements, features):
916 916 """Resolve the options to pass to the store vfs opener.
917 917
918 918 The returned dict is used to influence behavior of the storage layer.
919 919 """
920 920 options = {}
921 921
922 922 if requirementsmod.TREEMANIFEST_REQUIREMENT in requirements:
923 923 options[b'treemanifest'] = True
924 924
925 925 # experimental config: format.manifestcachesize
926 926 manifestcachesize = ui.configint(b'format', b'manifestcachesize')
927 927 if manifestcachesize is not None:
928 928 options[b'manifestcachesize'] = manifestcachesize
929 929
930 930 # In the absence of another requirement superseding a revlog-related
931 931 # requirement, we have to assume the repo is using revlog version 0.
932 932 # This revlog format is super old and we don't bother trying to parse
933 933 # opener options for it because those options wouldn't do anything
934 934 # meaningful on such old repos.
935 935 if (
936 936 b'revlogv1' in requirements
937 937 or requirementsmod.REVLOGV2_REQUIREMENT in requirements
938 938 ):
939 939 options.update(resolverevlogstorevfsoptions(ui, requirements, features))
940 940 else: # explicitly mark repo as using revlogv0
941 941 options[b'revlogv0'] = True
942 942
943 943 if requirementsmod.COPIESSDC_REQUIREMENT in requirements:
944 944 options[b'copies-storage'] = b'changeset-sidedata'
945 945 else:
946 946 writecopiesto = ui.config(b'experimental', b'copies.write-to')
947 947 copiesextramode = (b'changeset-only', b'compatibility')
948 948 if writecopiesto in copiesextramode:
949 949 options[b'copies-storage'] = b'extra'
950 950
951 951 return options
952 952
953 953
954 954 def resolverevlogstorevfsoptions(ui, requirements, features):
955 955 """Resolve opener options specific to revlogs."""
956 956
957 957 options = {}
958 958 options[b'flagprocessors'] = {}
959 959
960 960 if b'revlogv1' in requirements:
961 961 options[b'revlogv1'] = True
962 962 if requirementsmod.REVLOGV2_REQUIREMENT in requirements:
963 963 options[b'revlogv2'] = True
964 964
965 965 if b'generaldelta' in requirements:
966 966 options[b'generaldelta'] = True
967 967
968 968 # experimental config: format.chunkcachesize
969 969 chunkcachesize = ui.configint(b'format', b'chunkcachesize')
970 970 if chunkcachesize is not None:
971 971 options[b'chunkcachesize'] = chunkcachesize
972 972
973 973 deltabothparents = ui.configbool(
974 974 b'storage', b'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice'
975 975 )
976 976 options[b'deltabothparents'] = deltabothparents
977 977
978 978 lazydelta = ui.configbool(b'storage', b'revlog.reuse-external-delta')
979 979 lazydeltabase = False
980 980 if lazydelta:
981 981 lazydeltabase = ui.configbool(
982 982 b'storage', b'revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent'
983 983 )
984 984 if lazydeltabase is None:
985 985 lazydeltabase = not scmutil.gddeltaconfig(ui)
986 986 options[b'lazydelta'] = lazydelta
987 987 options[b'lazydeltabase'] = lazydeltabase
988 988
989 989 chainspan = ui.configbytes(b'experimental', b'maxdeltachainspan')
990 990 if 0 <= chainspan:
991 991 options[b'maxdeltachainspan'] = chainspan
992 992
993 993 mmapindexthreshold = ui.configbytes(b'experimental', b'mmapindexthreshold')
994 994 if mmapindexthreshold is not None:
995 995 options[b'mmapindexthreshold'] = mmapindexthreshold
996 996
997 997 withsparseread = ui.configbool(b'experimental', b'sparse-read')
998 998 srdensitythres = float(
999 999 ui.config(b'experimental', b'sparse-read.density-threshold')
1000 1000 )
1001 1001 srmingapsize = ui.configbytes(b'experimental', b'sparse-read.min-gap-size')
1002 1002 options[b'with-sparse-read'] = withsparseread
1003 1003 options[b'sparse-read-density-threshold'] = srdensitythres
1004 1004 options[b'sparse-read-min-gap-size'] = srmingapsize
1005 1005
1006 1006 sparserevlog = requirementsmod.SPARSEREVLOG_REQUIREMENT in requirements
1007 1007 options[b'sparse-revlog'] = sparserevlog
1008 1008 if sparserevlog:
1009 1009 options[b'generaldelta'] = True
1010 1010
1011 1011 sidedata = requirementsmod.SIDEDATA_REQUIREMENT in requirements
1012 1012 options[b'side-data'] = sidedata
1013 1013
1014 1014 maxchainlen = None
1015 1015 if sparserevlog:
1016 1016 maxchainlen = revlogconst.SPARSE_REVLOG_MAX_CHAIN_LENGTH
1017 1017 # experimental config: format.maxchainlen
1018 1018 maxchainlen = ui.configint(b'format', b'maxchainlen', maxchainlen)
1019 1019 if maxchainlen is not None:
1020 1020 options[b'maxchainlen'] = maxchainlen
1021 1021
1022 1022 for r in requirements:
1023 1023 # we allow multiple compression engine requirement to co-exist because
1024 1024 # strickly speaking, revlog seems to support mixed compression style.
1025 1025 #
1026 1026 # The compression used for new entries will be "the last one"
1027 1027 prefix = r.startswith
1028 1028 if prefix(b'revlog-compression-') or prefix(b'exp-compression-'):
1029 1029 options[b'compengine'] = r.split(b'-', 2)[2]
1030 1030
1031 1031 options[b'zlib.level'] = ui.configint(b'storage', b'revlog.zlib.level')
1032 1032 if options[b'zlib.level'] is not None:
1033 1033 if not (0 <= options[b'zlib.level'] <= 9):
1034 1034 msg = _(b'invalid value for `storage.revlog.zlib.level` config: %d')
1035 1035 raise error.Abort(msg % options[b'zlib.level'])
1036 1036 options[b'zstd.level'] = ui.configint(b'storage', b'revlog.zstd.level')
1037 1037 if options[b'zstd.level'] is not None:
1038 1038 if not (0 <= options[b'zstd.level'] <= 22):
1039 1039 msg = _(b'invalid value for `storage.revlog.zstd.level` config: %d')
1040 1040 raise error.Abort(msg % options[b'zstd.level'])
1041 1041
1042 1042 if requirementsmod.NARROW_REQUIREMENT in requirements:
1043 1043 options[b'enableellipsis'] = True
1044 1044
1045 1045 if ui.configbool(b'experimental', b'rust.index'):
1046 1046 options[b'rust.index'] = True
1047 1047 if requirementsmod.NODEMAP_REQUIREMENT in requirements:
1048 1048 slow_path = ui.config(
1049 1049 b'storage', b'revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path'
1050 1050 )
1051 if slow_path not in (b'allow', b'warn'):
1051 if slow_path not in (b'allow', b'warn', b'abort'):
1052 1052 default = ui.config_default(
1053 1053 b'storage', b'revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path'
1054 1054 )
1055 1055 msg = _(
1056 1056 b'unknown value for config '
1057 1057 b'"storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path": "%s"\n'
1058 1058 )
1059 1059 ui.warn(msg % slow_path)
1060 1060 if not ui.quiet:
1061 1061 ui.warn(_(b'falling back to default value: %s\n') % default)
1062 1062 slow_path = default
1063 1063
1064 1064 msg = _(
1065 1065 b"accessing `persistent-nodemap` repository without associated "
1066 1066 b"fast implementation."
1067 1067 )
1068 1068 hint = _(
1069 1069 b"check `hg help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap` "
1070 1070 b"for details"
1071 1071 )
1072 if slow_path == b'warn' and not revlog.HAS_FAST_PERSISTENT_NODEMAP:
1073 msg = b"warning: " + msg + b'\n'
1074 ui.warn(msg)
1075 if not ui.quiet:
1076 hint = b'(' + hint + b')\n'
1077 ui.warn(hint)
1072 if not revlog.HAS_FAST_PERSISTENT_NODEMAP:
1073 if slow_path == b'warn':
1074 msg = b"warning: " + msg + b'\n'
1075 ui.warn(msg)
1076 if not ui.quiet:
1077 hint = b'(' + hint + b')\n'
1078 ui.warn(hint)
1079 if slow_path == b'abort':
1080 raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint)
1078 1081 options[b'persistent-nodemap'] = True
1079 1082 if ui.configbool(b'storage', b'revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap'):
1080 1083 options[b'persistent-nodemap.mmap'] = True
1081 1084 epnm = ui.config(b'storage', b'revlog.nodemap.mode')
1082 1085 options[b'persistent-nodemap.mode'] = epnm
1083 1086 if ui.configbool(b'devel', b'persistent-nodemap'):
1084 1087 options[b'devel-force-nodemap'] = True
1085 1088
1086 1089 return options
1087 1090
1088 1091
1089 1092 def makemain(**kwargs):
1090 1093 """Produce a type conforming to ``ilocalrepositorymain``."""
1091 1094 return localrepository
1092 1095
1093 1096
1094 1097 @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.ilocalrepositoryfilestorage)
1095 1098 class revlogfilestorage(object):
1096 1099 """File storage when using revlogs."""
1097 1100
1098 1101 def file(self, path):
1099 1102 if path[0] == b'/':
1100 1103 path = path[1:]
1101 1104
1102 1105 return filelog.filelog(self.svfs, path)
1103 1106
1104 1107
1105 1108 @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.ilocalrepositoryfilestorage)
1106 1109 class revlognarrowfilestorage(object):
1107 1110 """File storage when using revlogs and narrow files."""
1108 1111
1109 1112 def file(self, path):
1110 1113 if path[0] == b'/':
1111 1114 path = path[1:]
1112 1115
1113 1116 return filelog.narrowfilelog(self.svfs, path, self._storenarrowmatch)
1114 1117
1115 1118
1116 1119 def makefilestorage(requirements, features, **kwargs):
1117 1120 """Produce a type conforming to ``ilocalrepositoryfilestorage``."""
1118 1121 features.add(repository.REPO_FEATURE_REVLOG_FILE_STORAGE)
1119 1122 features.add(repository.REPO_FEATURE_STREAM_CLONE)
1120 1123
1121 1124 if requirementsmod.NARROW_REQUIREMENT in requirements:
1122 1125 return revlognarrowfilestorage
1123 1126 else:
1124 1127 return revlogfilestorage
1125 1128
1126 1129
1127 1130 # List of repository interfaces and factory functions for them. Each
1128 1131 # will be called in order during ``makelocalrepository()`` to iteratively
1129 1132 # derive the final type for a local repository instance. We capture the
1130 1133 # function as a lambda so we don't hold a reference and the module-level
1131 1134 # functions can be wrapped.
1132 1135 REPO_INTERFACES = [
1133 1136 (repository.ilocalrepositorymain, lambda: makemain),
1134 1137 (repository.ilocalrepositoryfilestorage, lambda: makefilestorage),
1135 1138 ]
1136 1139
1137 1140
1138 1141 @interfaceutil.implementer(repository.ilocalrepositorymain)
1139 1142 class localrepository(object):
1140 1143 """Main class for representing local repositories.
1141 1144
1142 1145 All local repositories are instances of this class.
1143 1146
1144 1147 Constructed on its own, instances of this class are not usable as
1145 1148 repository objects. To obtain a usable repository object, call
1146 1149 ``hg.repository()``, ``localrepo.instance()``, or
1147 1150 ``localrepo.makelocalrepository()``. The latter is the lowest-level.
1148 1151 ``instance()`` adds support for creating new repositories.
1149 1152 ``hg.repository()`` adds more extension integration, including calling
1150 1153 ``reposetup()``. Generally speaking, ``hg.repository()`` should be
1151 1154 used.
1152 1155 """
1153 1156
1154 1157 # obsolete experimental requirements:
1155 1158 # - manifestv2: An experimental new manifest format that allowed
1156 1159 # for stem compression of long paths. Experiment ended up not
1157 1160 # being successful (repository sizes went up due to worse delta
1158 1161 # chains), and the code was deleted in 4.6.
1159 1162 supportedformats = {
1160 1163 b'revlogv1',
1161 1164 b'generaldelta',
1162 1165 requirementsmod.TREEMANIFEST_REQUIREMENT,
1163 1166 requirementsmod.COPIESSDC_REQUIREMENT,
1164 1167 requirementsmod.REVLOGV2_REQUIREMENT,
1165 1168 requirementsmod.SIDEDATA_REQUIREMENT,
1166 1169 requirementsmod.SPARSEREVLOG_REQUIREMENT,
1167 1170 requirementsmod.NODEMAP_REQUIREMENT,
1168 1171 bookmarks.BOOKMARKS_IN_STORE_REQUIREMENT,
1169 1172 requirementsmod.SHARESAFE_REQUIREMENT,
1170 1173 }
1171 1174 _basesupported = supportedformats | {
1172 1175 b'store',
1173 1176 b'fncache',
1174 1177 requirementsmod.SHARED_REQUIREMENT,
1175 1178 requirementsmod.RELATIVE_SHARED_REQUIREMENT,
1176 1179 b'dotencode',
1177 1180 requirementsmod.SPARSE_REQUIREMENT,
1178 1181 requirementsmod.INTERNAL_PHASE_REQUIREMENT,
1179 1182 }
1180 1183
1181 1184 # list of prefix for file which can be written without 'wlock'
1182 1185 # Extensions should extend this list when needed
1183 1186 _wlockfreeprefix = {
1184 1187 # We migh consider requiring 'wlock' for the next
1185 1188 # two, but pretty much all the existing code assume
1186 1189 # wlock is not needed so we keep them excluded for
1187 1190 # now.
1188 1191 b'hgrc',
1189 1192 b'requires',
1190 1193 # XXX cache is a complicatged business someone
1191 1194 # should investigate this in depth at some point
1192 1195 b'cache/',
1193 1196 # XXX shouldn't be dirstate covered by the wlock?
1194 1197 b'dirstate',
1195 1198 # XXX bisect was still a bit too messy at the time
1196 1199 # this changeset was introduced. Someone should fix
1197 1200 # the remainig bit and drop this line
1198 1201 b'bisect.state',
1199 1202 }
1200 1203
1201 1204 def __init__(
1202 1205 self,
1203 1206 baseui,
1204 1207 ui,
1205 1208 origroot,
1206 1209 wdirvfs,
1207 1210 hgvfs,
1208 1211 requirements,
1209 1212 supportedrequirements,
1210 1213 sharedpath,
1211 1214 store,
1212 1215 cachevfs,
1213 1216 wcachevfs,
1214 1217 features,
1215 1218 intents=None,
1216 1219 ):
1217 1220 """Create a new local repository instance.
1218 1221
1219 1222 Most callers should use ``hg.repository()``, ``localrepo.instance()``,
1220 1223 or ``localrepo.makelocalrepository()`` for obtaining a new repository
1221 1224 object.
1222 1225
1223 1226 Arguments:
1224 1227
1225 1228 baseui
1226 1229 ``ui.ui`` instance that ``ui`` argument was based off of.
1227 1230
1228 1231 ui
1229 1232 ``ui.ui`` instance for use by the repository.
1230 1233
1231 1234 origroot
1232 1235 ``bytes`` path to working directory root of this repository.
1233 1236
1234 1237 wdirvfs
1235 1238 ``vfs.vfs`` rooted at the working directory.
1236 1239
1237 1240 hgvfs
1238 1241 ``vfs.vfs`` rooted at .hg/
1239 1242
1240 1243 requirements
1241 1244 ``set`` of bytestrings representing repository opening requirements.
1242 1245
1243 1246 supportedrequirements
1244 1247 ``set`` of bytestrings representing repository requirements that we
1245 1248 know how to open. May be a supetset of ``requirements``.
1246 1249
1247 1250 sharedpath
1248 1251 ``bytes`` Defining path to storage base directory. Points to a
1249 1252 ``.hg/`` directory somewhere.
1250 1253
1251 1254 store
1252 1255 ``store.basicstore`` (or derived) instance providing access to
1253 1256 versioned storage.
1254 1257
1255 1258 cachevfs
1256 1259 ``vfs.vfs`` used for cache files.
1257 1260
1258 1261 wcachevfs
1259 1262 ``vfs.vfs`` used for cache files related to the working copy.
1260 1263
1261 1264 features
1262 1265 ``set`` of bytestrings defining features/capabilities of this
1263 1266 instance.
1264 1267
1265 1268 intents
1266 1269 ``set`` of system strings indicating what this repo will be used
1267 1270 for.
1268 1271 """
1269 1272 self.baseui = baseui
1270 1273 self.ui = ui
1271 1274 self.origroot = origroot
1272 1275 # vfs rooted at working directory.
1273 1276 self.wvfs = wdirvfs
1274 1277 self.root = wdirvfs.base
1275 1278 # vfs rooted at .hg/. Used to access most non-store paths.
1276 1279 self.vfs = hgvfs
1277 1280 self.path = hgvfs.base
1278 1281 self.requirements = requirements
1279 1282 self.supported = supportedrequirements
1280 1283 self.sharedpath = sharedpath
1281 1284 self.store = store
1282 1285 self.cachevfs = cachevfs
1283 1286 self.wcachevfs = wcachevfs
1284 1287 self.features = features
1285 1288
1286 1289 self.filtername = None
1287 1290
1288 1291 if self.ui.configbool(b'devel', b'all-warnings') or self.ui.configbool(
1289 1292 b'devel', b'check-locks'
1290 1293 ):
1291 1294 self.vfs.audit = self._getvfsward(self.vfs.audit)
1292 1295 # A list of callback to shape the phase if no data were found.
1293 1296 # Callback are in the form: func(repo, roots) --> processed root.
1294 1297 # This list it to be filled by extension during repo setup
1295 1298 self._phasedefaults = []
1296 1299
1297 1300 color.setup(self.ui)
1298 1301
1299 1302 self.spath = self.store.path
1300 1303 self.svfs = self.store.vfs
1301 1304 self.sjoin = self.store.join
1302 1305 if self.ui.configbool(b'devel', b'all-warnings') or self.ui.configbool(
1303 1306 b'devel', b'check-locks'
1304 1307 ):
1305 1308 if util.safehasattr(self.svfs, b'vfs'): # this is filtervfs
1306 1309 self.svfs.vfs.audit = self._getsvfsward(self.svfs.vfs.audit)
1307 1310 else: # standard vfs
1308 1311 self.svfs.audit = self._getsvfsward(self.svfs.audit)
1309 1312
1310 1313 self._dirstatevalidatewarned = False
1311 1314
1312 1315 self._branchcaches = branchmap.BranchMapCache()
1313 1316 self._revbranchcache = None
1314 1317 self._filterpats = {}
1315 1318 self._datafilters = {}
1316 1319 self._transref = self._lockref = self._wlockref = None
1317 1320
1318 1321 # A cache for various files under .hg/ that tracks file changes,
1319 1322 # (used by the filecache decorator)
1320 1323 #
1321 1324 # Maps a property name to its util.filecacheentry
1322 1325 self._filecache = {}
1323 1326
1324 1327 # hold sets of revision to be filtered
1325 1328 # should be cleared when something might have changed the filter value:
1326 1329 # - new changesets,
1327 1330 # - phase change,
1328 1331 # - new obsolescence marker,
1329 1332 # - working directory parent change,
1330 1333 # - bookmark changes
1331 1334 self.filteredrevcache = {}
1332 1335
1333 1336 # post-dirstate-status hooks
1334 1337 self._postdsstatus = []
1335 1338
1336 1339 # generic mapping between names and nodes
1337 1340 self.names = namespaces.namespaces()
1338 1341
1339 1342 # Key to signature value.
1340 1343 self._sparsesignaturecache = {}
1341 1344 # Signature to cached matcher instance.
1342 1345 self._sparsematchercache = {}
1343 1346
1344 1347 self._extrafilterid = repoview.extrafilter(ui)
1345 1348
1346 1349 self.filecopiesmode = None
1347 1350 if requirementsmod.COPIESSDC_REQUIREMENT in self.requirements:
1348 1351 self.filecopiesmode = b'changeset-sidedata'
1349 1352
1350 1353 def _getvfsward(self, origfunc):
1351 1354 """build a ward for self.vfs"""
1352 1355 rref = weakref.ref(self)
1353 1356
1354 1357 def checkvfs(path, mode=None):
1355 1358 ret = origfunc(path, mode=mode)
1356 1359 repo = rref()
1357 1360 if (
1358 1361 repo is None
1359 1362 or not util.safehasattr(repo, b'_wlockref')
1360 1363 or not util.safehasattr(repo, b'_lockref')
1361 1364 ):
1362 1365 return
1363 1366 if mode in (None, b'r', b'rb'):
1364 1367 return
1365 1368 if path.startswith(repo.path):
1366 1369 # truncate name relative to the repository (.hg)
1367 1370 path = path[len(repo.path) + 1 :]
1368 1371 if path.startswith(b'cache/'):
1369 1372 msg = b'accessing cache with vfs instead of cachevfs: "%s"'
1370 1373 repo.ui.develwarn(msg % path, stacklevel=3, config=b"cache-vfs")
1371 1374 # path prefixes covered by 'lock'
1372 1375 vfs_path_prefixes = (
1373 1376 b'journal.',
1374 1377 b'undo.',
1375 1378 b'strip-backup/',
1376 1379 b'cache/',
1377 1380 )
1378 1381 if any(path.startswith(prefix) for prefix in vfs_path_prefixes):
1379 1382 if repo._currentlock(repo._lockref) is None:
1380 1383 repo.ui.develwarn(
1381 1384 b'write with no lock: "%s"' % path,
1382 1385 stacklevel=3,
1383 1386 config=b'check-locks',
1384 1387 )
1385 1388 elif repo._currentlock(repo._wlockref) is None:
1386 1389 # rest of vfs files are covered by 'wlock'
1387 1390 #
1388 1391 # exclude special files
1389 1392 for prefix in self._wlockfreeprefix:
1390 1393 if path.startswith(prefix):
1391 1394 return
1392 1395 repo.ui.develwarn(
1393 1396 b'write with no wlock: "%s"' % path,
1394 1397 stacklevel=3,
1395 1398 config=b'check-locks',
1396 1399 )
1397 1400 return ret
1398 1401
1399 1402 return checkvfs
1400 1403
1401 1404 def _getsvfsward(self, origfunc):
1402 1405 """build a ward for self.svfs"""
1403 1406 rref = weakref.ref(self)
1404 1407
1405 1408 def checksvfs(path, mode=None):
1406 1409 ret = origfunc(path, mode=mode)
1407 1410 repo = rref()
1408 1411 if repo is None or not util.safehasattr(repo, b'_lockref'):
1409 1412 return
1410 1413 if mode in (None, b'r', b'rb'):
1411 1414 return
1412 1415 if path.startswith(repo.sharedpath):
1413 1416 # truncate name relative to the repository (.hg)
1414 1417 path = path[len(repo.sharedpath) + 1 :]
1415 1418 if repo._currentlock(repo._lockref) is None:
1416 1419 repo.ui.develwarn(
1417 1420 b'write with no lock: "%s"' % path, stacklevel=4
1418 1421 )
1419 1422 return ret
1420 1423
1421 1424 return checksvfs
1422 1425
1423 1426 def close(self):
1424 1427 self._writecaches()
1425 1428
1426 1429 def _writecaches(self):
1427 1430 if self._revbranchcache:
1428 1431 self._revbranchcache.write()
1429 1432
1430 1433 def _restrictcapabilities(self, caps):
1431 1434 if self.ui.configbool(b'experimental', b'bundle2-advertise'):
1432 1435 caps = set(caps)
1433 1436 capsblob = bundle2.encodecaps(
1434 1437 bundle2.getrepocaps(self, role=b'client')
1435 1438 )
1436 1439 caps.add(b'bundle2=' + urlreq.quote(capsblob))
1437 1440 return caps
1438 1441
1439 1442 # Don't cache auditor/nofsauditor, or you'll end up with reference cycle:
1440 1443 # self -> auditor -> self._checknested -> self
1441 1444
1442 1445 @property
1443 1446 def auditor(self):
1444 1447 # This is only used by context.workingctx.match in order to
1445 1448 # detect files in subrepos.
1446 1449 return pathutil.pathauditor(self.root, callback=self._checknested)
1447 1450
1448 1451 @property
1449 1452 def nofsauditor(self):
1450 1453 # This is only used by context.basectx.match in order to detect
1451 1454 # files in subrepos.
1452 1455 return pathutil.pathauditor(
1453 1456 self.root, callback=self._checknested, realfs=False, cached=True
1454 1457 )
1455 1458
1456 1459 def _checknested(self, path):
1457 1460 """Determine if path is a legal nested repository."""
1458 1461 if not path.startswith(self.root):
1459 1462 return False
1460 1463 subpath = path[len(self.root) + 1 :]
1461 1464 normsubpath = util.pconvert(subpath)
1462 1465
1463 1466 # XXX: Checking against the current working copy is wrong in
1464 1467 # the sense that it can reject things like
1465 1468 #
1466 1469 # $ hg cat -r 10 sub/x.txt
1467 1470 #
1468 1471 # if sub/ is no longer a subrepository in the working copy
1469 1472 # parent revision.
1470 1473 #
1471 1474 # However, it can of course also allow things that would have
1472 1475 # been rejected before, such as the above cat command if sub/
1473 1476 # is a subrepository now, but was a normal directory before.
1474 1477 # The old path auditor would have rejected by mistake since it
1475 1478 # panics when it sees sub/.hg/.
1476 1479 #
1477 1480 # All in all, checking against the working copy seems sensible
1478 1481 # since we want to prevent access to nested repositories on
1479 1482 # the filesystem *now*.
1480 1483 ctx = self[None]
1481 1484 parts = util.splitpath(subpath)
1482 1485 while parts:
1483 1486 prefix = b'/'.join(parts)
1484 1487 if prefix in ctx.substate:
1485 1488 if prefix == normsubpath:
1486 1489 return True
1487 1490 else:
1488 1491 sub = ctx.sub(prefix)
1489 1492 return sub.checknested(subpath[len(prefix) + 1 :])
1490 1493 else:
1491 1494 parts.pop()
1492 1495 return False
1493 1496
1494 1497 def peer(self):
1495 1498 return localpeer(self) # not cached to avoid reference cycle
1496 1499
1497 1500 def unfiltered(self):
1498 1501 """Return unfiltered version of the repository
1499 1502
1500 1503 Intended to be overwritten by filtered repo."""
1501 1504 return self
1502 1505
1503 1506 def filtered(self, name, visibilityexceptions=None):
1504 1507 """Return a filtered version of a repository
1505 1508
1506 1509 The `name` parameter is the identifier of the requested view. This
1507 1510 will return a repoview object set "exactly" to the specified view.
1508 1511
1509 1512 This function does not apply recursive filtering to a repository. For
1510 1513 example calling `repo.filtered("served")` will return a repoview using
1511 1514 the "served" view, regardless of the initial view used by `repo`.
1512 1515
1513 1516 In other word, there is always only one level of `repoview` "filtering".
1514 1517 """
1515 1518 if self._extrafilterid is not None and b'%' not in name:
1516 1519 name = name + b'%' + self._extrafilterid
1517 1520
1518 1521 cls = repoview.newtype(self.unfiltered().__class__)
1519 1522 return cls(self, name, visibilityexceptions)
1520 1523
1521 1524 @mixedrepostorecache(
1522 1525 (b'bookmarks', b'plain'),
1523 1526 (b'bookmarks.current', b'plain'),
1524 1527 (b'bookmarks', b''),
1525 1528 (b'00changelog.i', b''),
1526 1529 )
1527 1530 def _bookmarks(self):
1528 1531 # Since the multiple files involved in the transaction cannot be
1529 1532 # written atomically (with current repository format), there is a race
1530 1533 # condition here.
1531 1534 #
1532 1535 # 1) changelog content A is read
1533 1536 # 2) outside transaction update changelog to content B
1534 1537 # 3) outside transaction update bookmark file referring to content B
1535 1538 # 4) bookmarks file content is read and filtered against changelog-A
1536 1539 #
1537 1540 # When this happens, bookmarks against nodes missing from A are dropped.
1538 1541 #
1539 1542 # Having this happening during read is not great, but it become worse
1540 1543 # when this happen during write because the bookmarks to the "unknown"
1541 1544 # nodes will be dropped for good. However, writes happen within locks.
1542 1545 # This locking makes it possible to have a race free consistent read.
1543 1546 # For this purpose data read from disc before locking are
1544 1547 # "invalidated" right after the locks are taken. This invalidations are
1545 1548 # "light", the `filecache` mechanism keep the data in memory and will
1546 1549 # reuse them if the underlying files did not changed. Not parsing the
1547 1550 # same data multiple times helps performances.
1548 1551 #
1549 1552 # Unfortunately in the case describe above, the files tracked by the
1550 1553 # bookmarks file cache might not have changed, but the in-memory
1551 1554 # content is still "wrong" because we used an older changelog content
1552 1555 # to process the on-disk data. So after locking, the changelog would be
1553 1556 # refreshed but `_bookmarks` would be preserved.
1554 1557 # Adding `00changelog.i` to the list of tracked file is not
1555 1558 # enough, because at the time we build the content for `_bookmarks` in
1556 1559 # (4), the changelog file has already diverged from the content used
1557 1560 # for loading `changelog` in (1)
1558 1561 #
1559 1562 # To prevent the issue, we force the changelog to be explicitly
1560 1563 # reloaded while computing `_bookmarks`. The data race can still happen
1561 1564 # without the lock (with a narrower window), but it would no longer go
1562 1565 # undetected during the lock time refresh.
1563 1566 #
1564 1567 # The new schedule is as follow
1565 1568 #
1566 1569 # 1) filecache logic detect that `_bookmarks` needs to be computed
1567 1570 # 2) cachestat for `bookmarks` and `changelog` are captured (for book)
1568 1571 # 3) We force `changelog` filecache to be tested
1569 1572 # 4) cachestat for `changelog` are captured (for changelog)
1570 1573 # 5) `_bookmarks` is computed and cached
1571 1574 #
1572 1575 # The step in (3) ensure we have a changelog at least as recent as the
1573 1576 # cache stat computed in (1). As a result at locking time:
1574 1577 # * if the changelog did not changed since (1) -> we can reuse the data
1575 1578 # * otherwise -> the bookmarks get refreshed.
1576 1579 self._refreshchangelog()
1577 1580 return bookmarks.bmstore(self)
1578 1581
1579 1582 def _refreshchangelog(self):
1580 1583 """make sure the in memory changelog match the on-disk one"""
1581 1584 if 'changelog' in vars(self) and self.currenttransaction() is None:
1582 1585 del self.changelog
1583 1586
1584 1587 @property
1585 1588 def _activebookmark(self):
1586 1589 return self._bookmarks.active
1587 1590
1588 1591 # _phasesets depend on changelog. what we need is to call
1589 1592 # _phasecache.invalidate() if '00changelog.i' was changed, but it
1590 1593 # can't be easily expressed in filecache mechanism.
1591 1594 @storecache(b'phaseroots', b'00changelog.i')
1592 1595 def _phasecache(self):
1593 1596 return phases.phasecache(self, self._phasedefaults)
1594 1597
1595 1598 @storecache(b'obsstore')
1596 1599 def obsstore(self):
1597 1600 return obsolete.makestore(self.ui, self)
1598 1601
1599 1602 @storecache(b'00changelog.i')
1600 1603 def changelog(self):
1601 1604 # load dirstate before changelog to avoid race see issue6303
1602 1605 self.dirstate.prefetch_parents()
1603 1606 return self.store.changelog(txnutil.mayhavepending(self.root))
1604 1607
1605 1608 @storecache(b'00manifest.i')
1606 1609 def manifestlog(self):
1607 1610 return self.store.manifestlog(self, self._storenarrowmatch)
1608 1611
1609 1612 @repofilecache(b'dirstate')
1610 1613 def dirstate(self):
1611 1614 return self._makedirstate()
1612 1615
1613 1616 def _makedirstate(self):
1614 1617 """Extension point for wrapping the dirstate per-repo."""
1615 1618 sparsematchfn = lambda: sparse.matcher(self)
1616 1619
1617 1620 return dirstate.dirstate(
1618 1621 self.vfs, self.ui, self.root, self._dirstatevalidate, sparsematchfn
1619 1622 )
1620 1623
1621 1624 def _dirstatevalidate(self, node):
1622 1625 try:
1623 1626 self.changelog.rev(node)
1624 1627 return node
1625 1628 except error.LookupError:
1626 1629 if not self._dirstatevalidatewarned:
1627 1630 self._dirstatevalidatewarned = True
1628 1631 self.ui.warn(
1629 1632 _(b"warning: ignoring unknown working parent %s!\n")
1630 1633 % short(node)
1631 1634 )
1632 1635 return nullid
1633 1636
1634 1637 @storecache(narrowspec.FILENAME)
1635 1638 def narrowpats(self):
1636 1639 """matcher patterns for this repository's narrowspec
1637 1640
1638 1641 A tuple of (includes, excludes).
1639 1642 """
1640 1643 return narrowspec.load(self)
1641 1644
1642 1645 @storecache(narrowspec.FILENAME)
1643 1646 def _storenarrowmatch(self):
1644 1647 if requirementsmod.NARROW_REQUIREMENT not in self.requirements:
1645 1648 return matchmod.always()
1646 1649 include, exclude = self.narrowpats
1647 1650 return narrowspec.match(self.root, include=include, exclude=exclude)
1648 1651
1649 1652 @storecache(narrowspec.FILENAME)
1650 1653 def _narrowmatch(self):
1651 1654 if requirementsmod.NARROW_REQUIREMENT not in self.requirements:
1652 1655 return matchmod.always()
1653 1656 narrowspec.checkworkingcopynarrowspec(self)
1654 1657 include, exclude = self.narrowpats
1655 1658 return narrowspec.match(self.root, include=include, exclude=exclude)
1656 1659
1657 1660 def narrowmatch(self, match=None, includeexact=False):
1658 1661 """matcher corresponding the the repo's narrowspec
1659 1662
1660 1663 If `match` is given, then that will be intersected with the narrow
1661 1664 matcher.
1662 1665
1663 1666 If `includeexact` is True, then any exact matches from `match` will
1664 1667 be included even if they're outside the narrowspec.
1665 1668 """
1666 1669 if match:
1667 1670 if includeexact and not self._narrowmatch.always():
1668 1671 # do not exclude explicitly-specified paths so that they can
1669 1672 # be warned later on
1670 1673 em = matchmod.exact(match.files())
1671 1674 nm = matchmod.unionmatcher([self._narrowmatch, em])
1672 1675 return matchmod.intersectmatchers(match, nm)
1673 1676 return matchmod.intersectmatchers(match, self._narrowmatch)
1674 1677 return self._narrowmatch
1675 1678
1676 1679 def setnarrowpats(self, newincludes, newexcludes):
1677 1680 narrowspec.save(self, newincludes, newexcludes)
1678 1681 self.invalidate(clearfilecache=True)
1679 1682
1680 1683 @unfilteredpropertycache
1681 1684 def _quick_access_changeid_null(self):
1682 1685 return {
1683 1686 b'null': (nullrev, nullid),
1684 1687 nullrev: (nullrev, nullid),
1685 1688 nullid: (nullrev, nullid),
1686 1689 }
1687 1690
1688 1691 @unfilteredpropertycache
1689 1692 def _quick_access_changeid_wc(self):
1690 1693 # also fast path access to the working copy parents
1691 1694 # however, only do it for filter that ensure wc is visible.
1692 1695 quick = self._quick_access_changeid_null.copy()
1693 1696 cl = self.unfiltered().changelog
1694 1697 for node in self.dirstate.parents():
1695 1698 if node == nullid:
1696 1699 continue
1697 1700 rev = cl.index.get_rev(node)
1698 1701 if rev is None:
1699 1702 # unknown working copy parent case:
1700 1703 #
1701 1704 # skip the fast path and let higher code deal with it
1702 1705 continue
1703 1706 pair = (rev, node)
1704 1707 quick[rev] = pair
1705 1708 quick[node] = pair
1706 1709 # also add the parents of the parents
1707 1710 for r in cl.parentrevs(rev):
1708 1711 if r == nullrev:
1709 1712 continue
1710 1713 n = cl.node(r)
1711 1714 pair = (r, n)
1712 1715 quick[r] = pair
1713 1716 quick[n] = pair
1714 1717 p1node = self.dirstate.p1()
1715 1718 if p1node != nullid:
1716 1719 quick[b'.'] = quick[p1node]
1717 1720 return quick
1718 1721
1719 1722 @unfilteredmethod
1720 1723 def _quick_access_changeid_invalidate(self):
1721 1724 if '_quick_access_changeid_wc' in vars(self):
1722 1725 del self.__dict__['_quick_access_changeid_wc']
1723 1726
1724 1727 @property
1725 1728 def _quick_access_changeid(self):
1726 1729 """an helper dictionnary for __getitem__ calls
1727 1730
1728 1731 This contains a list of symbol we can recognise right away without
1729 1732 further processing.
1730 1733 """
1731 1734 if self.filtername in repoview.filter_has_wc:
1732 1735 return self._quick_access_changeid_wc
1733 1736 return self._quick_access_changeid_null
1734 1737
1735 1738 def __getitem__(self, changeid):
1736 1739 # dealing with special cases
1737 1740 if changeid is None:
1738 1741 return context.workingctx(self)
1739 1742 if isinstance(changeid, context.basectx):
1740 1743 return changeid
1741 1744
1742 1745 # dealing with multiple revisions
1743 1746 if isinstance(changeid, slice):
1744 1747 # wdirrev isn't contiguous so the slice shouldn't include it
1745 1748 return [
1746 1749 self[i]
1747 1750 for i in pycompat.xrange(*changeid.indices(len(self)))
1748 1751 if i not in self.changelog.filteredrevs
1749 1752 ]
1750 1753
1751 1754 # dealing with some special values
1752 1755 quick_access = self._quick_access_changeid.get(changeid)
1753 1756 if quick_access is not None:
1754 1757 rev, node = quick_access
1755 1758 return context.changectx(self, rev, node, maybe_filtered=False)
1756 1759 if changeid == b'tip':
1757 1760 node = self.changelog.tip()
1758 1761 rev = self.changelog.rev(node)
1759 1762 return context.changectx(self, rev, node)
1760 1763
1761 1764 # dealing with arbitrary values
1762 1765 try:
1763 1766 if isinstance(changeid, int):
1764 1767 node = self.changelog.node(changeid)
1765 1768 rev = changeid
1766 1769 elif changeid == b'.':
1767 1770 # this is a hack to delay/avoid loading obsmarkers
1768 1771 # when we know that '.' won't be hidden
1769 1772 node = self.dirstate.p1()
1770 1773 rev = self.unfiltered().changelog.rev(node)
1771 1774 elif len(changeid) == 20:
1772 1775 try:
1773 1776 node = changeid
1774 1777 rev = self.changelog.rev(changeid)
1775 1778 except error.FilteredLookupError:
1776 1779 changeid = hex(changeid) # for the error message
1777 1780 raise
1778 1781 except LookupError:
1779 1782 # check if it might have come from damaged dirstate
1780 1783 #
1781 1784 # XXX we could avoid the unfiltered if we had a recognizable
1782 1785 # exception for filtered changeset access
1783 1786 if (
1784 1787 self.local()
1785 1788 and changeid in self.unfiltered().dirstate.parents()
1786 1789 ):
1787 1790 msg = _(b"working directory has unknown parent '%s'!")
1788 1791 raise error.Abort(msg % short(changeid))
1789 1792 changeid = hex(changeid) # for the error message
1790 1793 raise
1791 1794
1792 1795 elif len(changeid) == 40:
1793 1796 node = bin(changeid)
1794 1797 rev = self.changelog.rev(node)
1795 1798 else:
1796 1799 raise error.ProgrammingError(
1797 1800 b"unsupported changeid '%s' of type %s"
1798 1801 % (changeid, pycompat.bytestr(type(changeid)))
1799 1802 )
1800 1803
1801 1804 return context.changectx(self, rev, node)
1802 1805
1803 1806 except (error.FilteredIndexError, error.FilteredLookupError):
1804 1807 raise error.FilteredRepoLookupError(
1805 1808 _(b"filtered revision '%s'") % pycompat.bytestr(changeid)
1806 1809 )
1807 1810 except (IndexError, LookupError):
1808 1811 raise error.RepoLookupError(
1809 1812 _(b"unknown revision '%s'") % pycompat.bytestr(changeid)
1810 1813 )
1811 1814 except error.WdirUnsupported:
1812 1815 return context.workingctx(self)
1813 1816
1814 1817 def __contains__(self, changeid):
1815 1818 """True if the given changeid exists"""
1816 1819 try:
1817 1820 self[changeid]
1818 1821 return True
1819 1822 except error.RepoLookupError:
1820 1823 return False
1821 1824
1822 1825 def __nonzero__(self):
1823 1826 return True
1824 1827
1825 1828 __bool__ = __nonzero__
1826 1829
1827 1830 def __len__(self):
1828 1831 # no need to pay the cost of repoview.changelog
1829 1832 unfi = self.unfiltered()
1830 1833 return len(unfi.changelog)
1831 1834
1832 1835 def __iter__(self):
1833 1836 return iter(self.changelog)
1834 1837
1835 1838 def revs(self, expr, *args):
1836 1839 """Find revisions matching a revset.
1837 1840
1838 1841 The revset is specified as a string ``expr`` that may contain
1839 1842 %-formatting to escape certain types. See ``revsetlang.formatspec``.
1840 1843
1841 1844 Revset aliases from the configuration are not expanded. To expand
1842 1845 user aliases, consider calling ``scmutil.revrange()`` or
1843 1846 ``repo.anyrevs([expr], user=True)``.
1844 1847
1845 1848 Returns a smartset.abstractsmartset, which is a list-like interface
1846 1849 that contains integer revisions.
1847 1850 """
1848 1851 tree = revsetlang.spectree(expr, *args)
1849 1852 return revset.makematcher(tree)(self)
1850 1853
1851 1854 def set(self, expr, *args):
1852 1855 """Find revisions matching a revset and emit changectx instances.
1853 1856
1854 1857 This is a convenience wrapper around ``revs()`` that iterates the
1855 1858 result and is a generator of changectx instances.
1856 1859
1857 1860 Revset aliases from the configuration are not expanded. To expand
1858 1861 user aliases, consider calling ``scmutil.revrange()``.
1859 1862 """
1860 1863 for r in self.revs(expr, *args):
1861 1864 yield self[r]
1862 1865
1863 1866 def anyrevs(self, specs, user=False, localalias=None):
1864 1867 """Find revisions matching one of the given revsets.
1865 1868
1866 1869 Revset aliases from the configuration are not expanded by default. To
1867 1870 expand user aliases, specify ``user=True``. To provide some local
1868 1871 definitions overriding user aliases, set ``localalias`` to
1869 1872 ``{name: definitionstring}``.
1870 1873 """
1871 1874 if specs == [b'null']:
1872 1875 return revset.baseset([nullrev])
1873 1876 if specs == [b'.']:
1874 1877 quick_data = self._quick_access_changeid.get(b'.')
1875 1878 if quick_data is not None:
1876 1879 return revset.baseset([quick_data[0]])
1877 1880 if user:
1878 1881 m = revset.matchany(
1879 1882 self.ui,
1880 1883 specs,
1881 1884 lookup=revset.lookupfn(self),
1882 1885 localalias=localalias,
1883 1886 )
1884 1887 else:
1885 1888 m = revset.matchany(None, specs, localalias=localalias)
1886 1889 return m(self)
1887 1890
1888 1891 def url(self):
1889 1892 return b'file:' + self.root
1890 1893
1891 1894 def hook(self, name, throw=False, **args):
1892 1895 """Call a hook, passing this repo instance.
1893 1896
1894 1897 This a convenience method to aid invoking hooks. Extensions likely
1895 1898 won't call this unless they have registered a custom hook or are
1896 1899 replacing code that is expected to call a hook.
1897 1900 """
1898 1901 return hook.hook(self.ui, self, name, throw, **args)
1899 1902
1900 1903 @filteredpropertycache
1901 1904 def _tagscache(self):
1902 1905 """Returns a tagscache object that contains various tags related
1903 1906 caches."""
1904 1907
1905 1908 # This simplifies its cache management by having one decorated
1906 1909 # function (this one) and the rest simply fetch things from it.
1907 1910 class tagscache(object):
1908 1911 def __init__(self):
1909 1912 # These two define the set of tags for this repository. tags
1910 1913 # maps tag name to node; tagtypes maps tag name to 'global' or
1911 1914 # 'local'. (Global tags are defined by .hgtags across all
1912 1915 # heads, and local tags are defined in .hg/localtags.)
1913 1916 # They constitute the in-memory cache of tags.
1914 1917 self.tags = self.tagtypes = None
1915 1918
1916 1919 self.nodetagscache = self.tagslist = None
1917 1920
1918 1921 cache = tagscache()
1919 1922 cache.tags, cache.tagtypes = self._findtags()
1920 1923
1921 1924 return cache
1922 1925
1923 1926 def tags(self):
1924 1927 '''return a mapping of tag to node'''
1925 1928 t = {}
1926 1929 if self.changelog.filteredrevs:
1927 1930 tags, tt = self._findtags()
1928 1931 else:
1929 1932 tags = self._tagscache.tags
1930 1933 rev = self.changelog.rev
1931 1934 for k, v in pycompat.iteritems(tags):
1932 1935 try:
1933 1936 # ignore tags to unknown nodes
1934 1937 rev(v)
1935 1938 t[k] = v
1936 1939 except (error.LookupError, ValueError):
1937 1940 pass
1938 1941 return t
1939 1942
1940 1943 def _findtags(self):
1941 1944 """Do the hard work of finding tags. Return a pair of dicts
1942 1945 (tags, tagtypes) where tags maps tag name to node, and tagtypes
1943 1946 maps tag name to a string like \'global\' or \'local\'.
1944 1947 Subclasses or extensions are free to add their own tags, but
1945 1948 should be aware that the returned dicts will be retained for the
1946 1949 duration of the localrepo object."""
1947 1950
1948 1951 # XXX what tagtype should subclasses/extensions use? Currently
1949 1952 # mq and bookmarks add tags, but do not set the tagtype at all.
1950 1953 # Should each extension invent its own tag type? Should there
1951 1954 # be one tagtype for all such "virtual" tags? Or is the status
1952 1955 # quo fine?
1953 1956
1954 1957 # map tag name to (node, hist)
1955 1958 alltags = tagsmod.findglobaltags(self.ui, self)
1956 1959 # map tag name to tag type
1957 1960 tagtypes = {tag: b'global' for tag in alltags}
1958 1961
1959 1962 tagsmod.readlocaltags(self.ui, self, alltags, tagtypes)
1960 1963
1961 1964 # Build the return dicts. Have to re-encode tag names because
1962 1965 # the tags module always uses UTF-8 (in order not to lose info
1963 1966 # writing to the cache), but the rest of Mercurial wants them in
1964 1967 # local encoding.
1965 1968 tags = {}
1966 1969 for (name, (node, hist)) in pycompat.iteritems(alltags):
1967 1970 if node != nullid:
1968 1971 tags[encoding.tolocal(name)] = node
1969 1972 tags[b'tip'] = self.changelog.tip()
1970 1973 tagtypes = {
1971 1974 encoding.tolocal(name): value
1972 1975 for (name, value) in pycompat.iteritems(tagtypes)
1973 1976 }
1974 1977 return (tags, tagtypes)
1975 1978
1976 1979 def tagtype(self, tagname):
1977 1980 """
1978 1981 return the type of the given tag. result can be:
1979 1982
1980 1983 'local' : a local tag
1981 1984 'global' : a global tag
1982 1985 None : tag does not exist
1983 1986 """
1984 1987
1985 1988 return self._tagscache.tagtypes.get(tagname)
1986 1989
1987 1990 def tagslist(self):
1988 1991 '''return a list of tags ordered by revision'''
1989 1992 if not self._tagscache.tagslist:
1990 1993 l = []
1991 1994 for t, n in pycompat.iteritems(self.tags()):
1992 1995 l.append((self.changelog.rev(n), t, n))
1993 1996 self._tagscache.tagslist = [(t, n) for r, t, n in sorted(l)]
1994 1997
1995 1998 return self._tagscache.tagslist
1996 1999
1997 2000 def nodetags(self, node):
1998 2001 '''return the tags associated with a node'''
1999 2002 if not self._tagscache.nodetagscache:
2000 2003 nodetagscache = {}
2001 2004 for t, n in pycompat.iteritems(self._tagscache.tags):
2002 2005 nodetagscache.setdefault(n, []).append(t)
2003 2006 for tags in pycompat.itervalues(nodetagscache):
2004 2007 tags.sort()
2005 2008 self._tagscache.nodetagscache = nodetagscache
2006 2009 return self._tagscache.nodetagscache.get(node, [])
2007 2010
2008 2011 def nodebookmarks(self, node):
2009 2012 """return the list of bookmarks pointing to the specified node"""
2010 2013 return self._bookmarks.names(node)
2011 2014
2012 2015 def branchmap(self):
2013 2016 """returns a dictionary {branch: [branchheads]} with branchheads
2014 2017 ordered by increasing revision number"""
2015 2018 return self._branchcaches[self]
2016 2019
2017 2020 @unfilteredmethod
2018 2021 def revbranchcache(self):
2019 2022 if not self._revbranchcache:
2020 2023 self._revbranchcache = branchmap.revbranchcache(self.unfiltered())
2021 2024 return self._revbranchcache
2022 2025
2023 2026 def branchtip(self, branch, ignoremissing=False):
2024 2027 """return the tip node for a given branch
2025 2028
2026 2029 If ignoremissing is True, then this method will not raise an error.
2027 2030 This is helpful for callers that only expect None for a missing branch
2028 2031 (e.g. namespace).
2029 2032
2030 2033 """
2031 2034 try:
2032 2035 return self.branchmap().branchtip(branch)
2033 2036 except KeyError:
2034 2037 if not ignoremissing:
2035 2038 raise error.RepoLookupError(_(b"unknown branch '%s'") % branch)
2036 2039 else:
2037 2040 pass
2038 2041
2039 2042 def lookup(self, key):
2040 2043 node = scmutil.revsymbol(self, key).node()
2041 2044 if node is None:
2042 2045 raise error.RepoLookupError(_(b"unknown revision '%s'") % key)
2043 2046 return node
2044 2047
2045 2048 def lookupbranch(self, key):
2046 2049 if self.branchmap().hasbranch(key):
2047 2050 return key
2048 2051
2049 2052 return scmutil.revsymbol(self, key).branch()
2050 2053
2051 2054 def known(self, nodes):
2052 2055 cl = self.changelog
2053 2056 get_rev = cl.index.get_rev
2054 2057 filtered = cl.filteredrevs
2055 2058 result = []
2056 2059 for n in nodes:
2057 2060 r = get_rev(n)
2058 2061 resp = not (r is None or r in filtered)
2059 2062 result.append(resp)
2060 2063 return result
2061 2064
2062 2065 def local(self):
2063 2066 return self
2064 2067
2065 2068 def publishing(self):
2066 2069 # it's safe (and desirable) to trust the publish flag unconditionally
2067 2070 # so that we don't finalize changes shared between users via ssh or nfs
2068 2071 return self.ui.configbool(b'phases', b'publish', untrusted=True)
2069 2072
2070 2073 def cancopy(self):
2071 2074 # so statichttprepo's override of local() works
2072 2075 if not self.local():
2073 2076 return False
2074 2077 if not self.publishing():
2075 2078 return True
2076 2079 # if publishing we can't copy if there is filtered content
2077 2080 return not self.filtered(b'visible').changelog.filteredrevs
2078 2081
2079 2082 def shared(self):
2080 2083 '''the type of shared repository (None if not shared)'''
2081 2084 if self.sharedpath != self.path:
2082 2085 return b'store'
2083 2086 return None
2084 2087
2085 2088 def wjoin(self, f, *insidef):
2086 2089 return self.vfs.reljoin(self.root, f, *insidef)
2087 2090
2088 2091 def setparents(self, p1, p2=nullid):
2089 2092 self[None].setparents(p1, p2)
2090 2093 self._quick_access_changeid_invalidate()
2091 2094
2092 2095 def filectx(self, path, changeid=None, fileid=None, changectx=None):
2093 2096 """changeid must be a changeset revision, if specified.
2094 2097 fileid can be a file revision or node."""
2095 2098 return context.filectx(
2096 2099 self, path, changeid, fileid, changectx=changectx
2097 2100 )
2098 2101
2099 2102 def getcwd(self):
2100 2103 return self.dirstate.getcwd()
2101 2104
2102 2105 def pathto(self, f, cwd=None):
2103 2106 return self.dirstate.pathto(f, cwd)
2104 2107
2105 2108 def _loadfilter(self, filter):
2106 2109 if filter not in self._filterpats:
2107 2110 l = []
2108 2111 for pat, cmd in self.ui.configitems(filter):
2109 2112 if cmd == b'!':
2110 2113 continue
2111 2114 mf = matchmod.match(self.root, b'', [pat])
2112 2115 fn = None
2113 2116 params = cmd
2114 2117 for name, filterfn in pycompat.iteritems(self._datafilters):
2115 2118 if cmd.startswith(name):
2116 2119 fn = filterfn
2117 2120 params = cmd[len(name) :].lstrip()
2118 2121 break
2119 2122 if not fn:
2120 2123 fn = lambda s, c, **kwargs: procutil.filter(s, c)
2121 2124 fn.__name__ = 'commandfilter'
2122 2125 # Wrap old filters not supporting keyword arguments
2123 2126 if not pycompat.getargspec(fn)[2]:
2124 2127 oldfn = fn
2125 2128 fn = lambda s, c, oldfn=oldfn, **kwargs: oldfn(s, c)
2126 2129 fn.__name__ = 'compat-' + oldfn.__name__
2127 2130 l.append((mf, fn, params))
2128 2131 self._filterpats[filter] = l
2129 2132 return self._filterpats[filter]
2130 2133
2131 2134 def _filter(self, filterpats, filename, data):
2132 2135 for mf, fn, cmd in filterpats:
2133 2136 if mf(filename):
2134 2137 self.ui.debug(
2135 2138 b"filtering %s through %s\n"
2136 2139 % (filename, cmd or pycompat.sysbytes(fn.__name__))
2137 2140 )
2138 2141 data = fn(data, cmd, ui=self.ui, repo=self, filename=filename)
2139 2142 break
2140 2143
2141 2144 return data
2142 2145
2143 2146 @unfilteredpropertycache
2144 2147 def _encodefilterpats(self):
2145 2148 return self._loadfilter(b'encode')
2146 2149
2147 2150 @unfilteredpropertycache
2148 2151 def _decodefilterpats(self):
2149 2152 return self._loadfilter(b'decode')
2150 2153
2151 2154 def adddatafilter(self, name, filter):
2152 2155 self._datafilters[name] = filter
2153 2156
2154 2157 def wread(self, filename):
2155 2158 if self.wvfs.islink(filename):
2156 2159 data = self.wvfs.readlink(filename)
2157 2160 else:
2158 2161 data = self.wvfs.read(filename)
2159 2162 return self._filter(self._encodefilterpats, filename, data)
2160 2163
2161 2164 def wwrite(self, filename, data, flags, backgroundclose=False, **kwargs):
2162 2165 """write ``data`` into ``filename`` in the working directory
2163 2166
2164 2167 This returns length of written (maybe decoded) data.
2165 2168 """
2166 2169 data = self._filter(self._decodefilterpats, filename, data)
2167 2170 if b'l' in flags:
2168 2171 self.wvfs.symlink(data, filename)
2169 2172 else:
2170 2173 self.wvfs.write(
2171 2174 filename, data, backgroundclose=backgroundclose, **kwargs
2172 2175 )
2173 2176 if b'x' in flags:
2174 2177 self.wvfs.setflags(filename, False, True)
2175 2178 else:
2176 2179 self.wvfs.setflags(filename, False, False)
2177 2180 return len(data)
2178 2181
2179 2182 def wwritedata(self, filename, data):
2180 2183 return self._filter(self._decodefilterpats, filename, data)
2181 2184
2182 2185 def currenttransaction(self):
2183 2186 """return the current transaction or None if non exists"""
2184 2187 if self._transref:
2185 2188 tr = self._transref()
2186 2189 else:
2187 2190 tr = None
2188 2191
2189 2192 if tr and tr.running():
2190 2193 return tr
2191 2194 return None
2192 2195
2193 2196 def transaction(self, desc, report=None):
2194 2197 if self.ui.configbool(b'devel', b'all-warnings') or self.ui.configbool(
2195 2198 b'devel', b'check-locks'
2196 2199 ):
2197 2200 if self._currentlock(self._lockref) is None:
2198 2201 raise error.ProgrammingError(b'transaction requires locking')
2199 2202 tr = self.currenttransaction()
2200 2203 if tr is not None:
2201 2204 return tr.nest(name=desc)
2202 2205
2203 2206 # abort here if the journal already exists
2204 2207 if self.svfs.exists(b"journal"):
2205 2208 raise error.RepoError(
2206 2209 _(b"abandoned transaction found"),
2207 2210 hint=_(b"run 'hg recover' to clean up transaction"),
2208 2211 )
2209 2212
2210 2213 idbase = b"%.40f#%f" % (random.random(), time.time())
2211 2214 ha = hex(hashutil.sha1(idbase).digest())
2212 2215 txnid = b'TXN:' + ha
2213 2216 self.hook(b'pretxnopen', throw=True, txnname=desc, txnid=txnid)
2214 2217
2215 2218 self._writejournal(desc)
2216 2219 renames = [(vfs, x, undoname(x)) for vfs, x in self._journalfiles()]
2217 2220 if report:
2218 2221 rp = report
2219 2222 else:
2220 2223 rp = self.ui.warn
2221 2224 vfsmap = {b'plain': self.vfs, b'store': self.svfs} # root of .hg/
2222 2225 # we must avoid cyclic reference between repo and transaction.
2223 2226 reporef = weakref.ref(self)
2224 2227 # Code to track tag movement
2225 2228 #
2226 2229 # Since tags are all handled as file content, it is actually quite hard
2227 2230 # to track these movement from a code perspective. So we fallback to a
2228 2231 # tracking at the repository level. One could envision to track changes
2229 2232 # to the '.hgtags' file through changegroup apply but that fails to
2230 2233 # cope with case where transaction expose new heads without changegroup
2231 2234 # being involved (eg: phase movement).
2232 2235 #
2233 2236 # For now, We gate the feature behind a flag since this likely comes
2234 2237 # with performance impacts. The current code run more often than needed
2235 2238 # and do not use caches as much as it could. The current focus is on
2236 2239 # the behavior of the feature so we disable it by default. The flag
2237 2240 # will be removed when we are happy with the performance impact.
2238 2241 #
2239 2242 # Once this feature is no longer experimental move the following
2240 2243 # documentation to the appropriate help section:
2241 2244 #
2242 2245 # The ``HG_TAG_MOVED`` variable will be set if the transaction touched
2243 2246 # tags (new or changed or deleted tags). In addition the details of
2244 2247 # these changes are made available in a file at:
2245 2248 # ``REPOROOT/.hg/changes/tags.changes``.
2246 2249 # Make sure you check for HG_TAG_MOVED before reading that file as it
2247 2250 # might exist from a previous transaction even if no tag were touched
2248 2251 # in this one. Changes are recorded in a line base format::
2249 2252 #
2250 2253 # <action> <hex-node> <tag-name>\n
2251 2254 #
2252 2255 # Actions are defined as follow:
2253 2256 # "-R": tag is removed,
2254 2257 # "+A": tag is added,
2255 2258 # "-M": tag is moved (old value),
2256 2259 # "+M": tag is moved (new value),
2257 2260 tracktags = lambda x: None
2258 2261 # experimental config: experimental.hook-track-tags
2259 2262 shouldtracktags = self.ui.configbool(
2260 2263 b'experimental', b'hook-track-tags'
2261 2264 )
2262 2265 if desc != b'strip' and shouldtracktags:
2263 2266 oldheads = self.changelog.headrevs()
2264 2267
2265 2268 def tracktags(tr2):
2266 2269 repo = reporef()
2267 2270 oldfnodes = tagsmod.fnoderevs(repo.ui, repo, oldheads)
2268 2271 newheads = repo.changelog.headrevs()
2269 2272 newfnodes = tagsmod.fnoderevs(repo.ui, repo, newheads)
2270 2273 # notes: we compare lists here.
2271 2274 # As we do it only once buiding set would not be cheaper
2272 2275 changes = tagsmod.difftags(repo.ui, repo, oldfnodes, newfnodes)
2273 2276 if changes:
2274 2277 tr2.hookargs[b'tag_moved'] = b'1'
2275 2278 with repo.vfs(
2276 2279 b'changes/tags.changes', b'w', atomictemp=True
2277 2280 ) as changesfile:
2278 2281 # note: we do not register the file to the transaction
2279 2282 # because we needs it to still exist on the transaction
2280 2283 # is close (for txnclose hooks)
2281 2284 tagsmod.writediff(changesfile, changes)
2282 2285
2283 2286 def validate(tr2):
2284 2287 """will run pre-closing hooks"""
2285 2288 # XXX the transaction API is a bit lacking here so we take a hacky
2286 2289 # path for now
2287 2290 #
2288 2291 # We cannot add this as a "pending" hooks since the 'tr.hookargs'
2289 2292 # dict is copied before these run. In addition we needs the data
2290 2293 # available to in memory hooks too.
2291 2294 #
2292 2295 # Moreover, we also need to make sure this runs before txnclose
2293 2296 # hooks and there is no "pending" mechanism that would execute
2294 2297 # logic only if hooks are about to run.
2295 2298 #
2296 2299 # Fixing this limitation of the transaction is also needed to track
2297 2300 # other families of changes (bookmarks, phases, obsolescence).
2298 2301 #
2299 2302 # This will have to be fixed before we remove the experimental
2300 2303 # gating.
2301 2304 tracktags(tr2)
2302 2305 repo = reporef()
2303 2306
2304 2307 singleheadopt = (b'experimental', b'single-head-per-branch')
2305 2308 singlehead = repo.ui.configbool(*singleheadopt)
2306 2309 if singlehead:
2307 2310 singleheadsub = repo.ui.configsuboptions(*singleheadopt)[1]
2308 2311 accountclosed = singleheadsub.get(
2309 2312 b"account-closed-heads", False
2310 2313 )
2311 2314 if singleheadsub.get(b"public-changes-only", False):
2312 2315 filtername = b"immutable"
2313 2316 else:
2314 2317 filtername = b"visible"
2315 2318 scmutil.enforcesinglehead(
2316 2319 repo, tr2, desc, accountclosed, filtername
2317 2320 )
2318 2321 if hook.hashook(repo.ui, b'pretxnclose-bookmark'):
2319 2322 for name, (old, new) in sorted(
2320 2323 tr.changes[b'bookmarks'].items()
2321 2324 ):
2322 2325 args = tr.hookargs.copy()
2323 2326 args.update(bookmarks.preparehookargs(name, old, new))
2324 2327 repo.hook(
2325 2328 b'pretxnclose-bookmark',
2326 2329 throw=True,
2327 2330 **pycompat.strkwargs(args)
2328 2331 )
2329 2332 if hook.hashook(repo.ui, b'pretxnclose-phase'):
2330 2333 cl = repo.unfiltered().changelog
2331 2334 for revs, (old, new) in tr.changes[b'phases']:
2332 2335 for rev in revs:
2333 2336 args = tr.hookargs.copy()
2334 2337 node = hex(cl.node(rev))
2335 2338 args.update(phases.preparehookargs(node, old, new))
2336 2339 repo.hook(
2337 2340 b'pretxnclose-phase',
2338 2341 throw=True,
2339 2342 **pycompat.strkwargs(args)
2340 2343 )
2341 2344
2342 2345 repo.hook(
2343 2346 b'pretxnclose', throw=True, **pycompat.strkwargs(tr.hookargs)
2344 2347 )
2345 2348
2346 2349 def releasefn(tr, success):
2347 2350 repo = reporef()
2348 2351 if repo is None:
2349 2352 # If the repo has been GC'd (and this release function is being
2350 2353 # called from transaction.__del__), there's not much we can do,
2351 2354 # so just leave the unfinished transaction there and let the
2352 2355 # user run `hg recover`.
2353 2356 return
2354 2357 if success:
2355 2358 # this should be explicitly invoked here, because
2356 2359 # in-memory changes aren't written out at closing
2357 2360 # transaction, if tr.addfilegenerator (via
2358 2361 # dirstate.write or so) isn't invoked while
2359 2362 # transaction running
2360 2363 repo.dirstate.write(None)
2361 2364 else:
2362 2365 # discard all changes (including ones already written
2363 2366 # out) in this transaction
2364 2367 narrowspec.restorebackup(self, b'journal.narrowspec')
2365 2368 narrowspec.restorewcbackup(self, b'journal.narrowspec.dirstate')
2366 2369 repo.dirstate.restorebackup(None, b'journal.dirstate')
2367 2370
2368 2371 repo.invalidate(clearfilecache=True)
2369 2372
2370 2373 tr = transaction.transaction(
2371 2374 rp,
2372 2375 self.svfs,
2373 2376 vfsmap,
2374 2377 b"journal",
2375 2378 b"undo",
2376 2379 aftertrans(renames),
2377 2380 self.store.createmode,
2378 2381 validator=validate,
2379 2382 releasefn=releasefn,
2380 2383 checkambigfiles=_cachedfiles,
2381 2384 name=desc,
2382 2385 )
2383 2386 tr.changes[b'origrepolen'] = len(self)
2384 2387 tr.changes[b'obsmarkers'] = set()
2385 2388 tr.changes[b'phases'] = []
2386 2389 tr.changes[b'bookmarks'] = {}
2387 2390
2388 2391 tr.hookargs[b'txnid'] = txnid
2389 2392 tr.hookargs[b'txnname'] = desc
2390 2393 tr.hookargs[b'changes'] = tr.changes
2391 2394 # note: writing the fncache only during finalize mean that the file is
2392 2395 # outdated when running hooks. As fncache is used for streaming clone,
2393 2396 # this is not expected to break anything that happen during the hooks.
2394 2397 tr.addfinalize(b'flush-fncache', self.store.write)
2395 2398
2396 2399 def txnclosehook(tr2):
2397 2400 """To be run if transaction is successful, will schedule a hook run"""
2398 2401 # Don't reference tr2 in hook() so we don't hold a reference.
2399 2402 # This reduces memory consumption when there are multiple
2400 2403 # transactions per lock. This can likely go away if issue5045
2401 2404 # fixes the function accumulation.
2402 2405 hookargs = tr2.hookargs
2403 2406
2404 2407 def hookfunc(unused_success):
2405 2408 repo = reporef()
2406 2409 if hook.hashook(repo.ui, b'txnclose-bookmark'):
2407 2410 bmchanges = sorted(tr.changes[b'bookmarks'].items())
2408 2411 for name, (old, new) in bmchanges:
2409 2412 args = tr.hookargs.copy()
2410 2413 args.update(bookmarks.preparehookargs(name, old, new))
2411 2414 repo.hook(
2412 2415 b'txnclose-bookmark',
2413 2416 throw=False,
2414 2417 **pycompat.strkwargs(args)
2415 2418 )
2416 2419
2417 2420 if hook.hashook(repo.ui, b'txnclose-phase'):
2418 2421 cl = repo.unfiltered().changelog
2419 2422 phasemv = sorted(
2420 2423 tr.changes[b'phases'], key=lambda r: r[0][0]
2421 2424 )
2422 2425 for revs, (old, new) in phasemv:
2423 2426 for rev in revs:
2424 2427 args = tr.hookargs.copy()
2425 2428 node = hex(cl.node(rev))
2426 2429 args.update(phases.preparehookargs(node, old, new))
2427 2430 repo.hook(
2428 2431 b'txnclose-phase',
2429 2432 throw=False,
2430 2433 **pycompat.strkwargs(args)
2431 2434 )
2432 2435
2433 2436 repo.hook(
2434 2437 b'txnclose', throw=False, **pycompat.strkwargs(hookargs)
2435 2438 )
2436 2439
2437 2440 reporef()._afterlock(hookfunc)
2438 2441
2439 2442 tr.addfinalize(b'txnclose-hook', txnclosehook)
2440 2443 # Include a leading "-" to make it happen before the transaction summary
2441 2444 # reports registered via scmutil.registersummarycallback() whose names
2442 2445 # are 00-txnreport etc. That way, the caches will be warm when the
2443 2446 # callbacks run.
2444 2447 tr.addpostclose(b'-warm-cache', self._buildcacheupdater(tr))
2445 2448
2446 2449 def txnaborthook(tr2):
2447 2450 """To be run if transaction is aborted"""
2448 2451 reporef().hook(
2449 2452 b'txnabort', throw=False, **pycompat.strkwargs(tr2.hookargs)
2450 2453 )
2451 2454
2452 2455 tr.addabort(b'txnabort-hook', txnaborthook)
2453 2456 # avoid eager cache invalidation. in-memory data should be identical
2454 2457 # to stored data if transaction has no error.
2455 2458 tr.addpostclose(b'refresh-filecachestats', self._refreshfilecachestats)
2456 2459 self._transref = weakref.ref(tr)
2457 2460 scmutil.registersummarycallback(self, tr, desc)
2458 2461 return tr
2459 2462
2460 2463 def _journalfiles(self):
2461 2464 return (
2462 2465 (self.svfs, b'journal'),
2463 2466 (self.svfs, b'journal.narrowspec'),
2464 2467 (self.vfs, b'journal.narrowspec.dirstate'),
2465 2468 (self.vfs, b'journal.dirstate'),
2466 2469 (self.vfs, b'journal.branch'),
2467 2470 (self.vfs, b'journal.desc'),
2468 2471 (bookmarks.bookmarksvfs(self), b'journal.bookmarks'),
2469 2472 (self.svfs, b'journal.phaseroots'),
2470 2473 )
2471 2474
2472 2475 def undofiles(self):
2473 2476 return [(vfs, undoname(x)) for vfs, x in self._journalfiles()]
2474 2477
2475 2478 @unfilteredmethod
2476 2479 def _writejournal(self, desc):
2477 2480 self.dirstate.savebackup(None, b'journal.dirstate')
2478 2481 narrowspec.savewcbackup(self, b'journal.narrowspec.dirstate')
2479 2482 narrowspec.savebackup(self, b'journal.narrowspec')
2480 2483 self.vfs.write(
2481 2484 b"journal.branch", encoding.fromlocal(self.dirstate.branch())
2482 2485 )
2483 2486 self.vfs.write(b"journal.desc", b"%d\n%s\n" % (len(self), desc))
2484 2487 bookmarksvfs = bookmarks.bookmarksvfs(self)
2485 2488 bookmarksvfs.write(
2486 2489 b"journal.bookmarks", bookmarksvfs.tryread(b"bookmarks")
2487 2490 )
2488 2491 self.svfs.write(b"journal.phaseroots", self.svfs.tryread(b"phaseroots"))
2489 2492
2490 2493 def recover(self):
2491 2494 with self.lock():
2492 2495 if self.svfs.exists(b"journal"):
2493 2496 self.ui.status(_(b"rolling back interrupted transaction\n"))
2494 2497 vfsmap = {
2495 2498 b'': self.svfs,
2496 2499 b'plain': self.vfs,
2497 2500 }
2498 2501 transaction.rollback(
2499 2502 self.svfs,
2500 2503 vfsmap,
2501 2504 b"journal",
2502 2505 self.ui.warn,
2503 2506 checkambigfiles=_cachedfiles,
2504 2507 )
2505 2508 self.invalidate()
2506 2509 return True
2507 2510 else:
2508 2511 self.ui.warn(_(b"no interrupted transaction available\n"))
2509 2512 return False
2510 2513
2511 2514 def rollback(self, dryrun=False, force=False):
2512 2515 wlock = lock = dsguard = None
2513 2516 try:
2514 2517 wlock = self.wlock()
2515 2518 lock = self.lock()
2516 2519 if self.svfs.exists(b"undo"):
2517 2520 dsguard = dirstateguard.dirstateguard(self, b'rollback')
2518 2521
2519 2522 return self._rollback(dryrun, force, dsguard)
2520 2523 else:
2521 2524 self.ui.warn(_(b"no rollback information available\n"))
2522 2525 return 1
2523 2526 finally:
2524 2527 release(dsguard, lock, wlock)
2525 2528
2526 2529 @unfilteredmethod # Until we get smarter cache management
2527 2530 def _rollback(self, dryrun, force, dsguard):
2528 2531 ui = self.ui
2529 2532 try:
2530 2533 args = self.vfs.read(b'undo.desc').splitlines()
2531 2534 (oldlen, desc, detail) = (int(args[0]), args[1], None)
2532 2535 if len(args) >= 3:
2533 2536 detail = args[2]
2534 2537 oldtip = oldlen - 1
2535 2538
2536 2539 if detail and ui.verbose:
2537 2540 msg = _(
2538 2541 b'repository tip rolled back to revision %d'
2539 2542 b' (undo %s: %s)\n'
2540 2543 ) % (oldtip, desc, detail)
2541 2544 else:
2542 2545 msg = _(
2543 2546 b'repository tip rolled back to revision %d (undo %s)\n'
2544 2547 ) % (oldtip, desc)
2545 2548 except IOError:
2546 2549 msg = _(b'rolling back unknown transaction\n')
2547 2550 desc = None
2548 2551
2549 2552 if not force and self[b'.'] != self[b'tip'] and desc == b'commit':
2550 2553 raise error.Abort(
2551 2554 _(
2552 2555 b'rollback of last commit while not checked out '
2553 2556 b'may lose data'
2554 2557 ),
2555 2558 hint=_(b'use -f to force'),
2556 2559 )
2557 2560
2558 2561 ui.status(msg)
2559 2562 if dryrun:
2560 2563 return 0
2561 2564
2562 2565 parents = self.dirstate.parents()
2563 2566 self.destroying()
2564 2567 vfsmap = {b'plain': self.vfs, b'': self.svfs}
2565 2568 transaction.rollback(
2566 2569 self.svfs, vfsmap, b'undo', ui.warn, checkambigfiles=_cachedfiles
2567 2570 )
2568 2571 bookmarksvfs = bookmarks.bookmarksvfs(self)
2569 2572 if bookmarksvfs.exists(b'undo.bookmarks'):
2570 2573 bookmarksvfs.rename(
2571 2574 b'undo.bookmarks', b'bookmarks', checkambig=True
2572 2575 )
2573 2576 if self.svfs.exists(b'undo.phaseroots'):
2574 2577 self.svfs.rename(b'undo.phaseroots', b'phaseroots', checkambig=True)
2575 2578 self.invalidate()
2576 2579
2577 2580 has_node = self.changelog.index.has_node
2578 2581 parentgone = any(not has_node(p) for p in parents)
2579 2582 if parentgone:
2580 2583 # prevent dirstateguard from overwriting already restored one
2581 2584 dsguard.close()
2582 2585
2583 2586 narrowspec.restorebackup(self, b'undo.narrowspec')
2584 2587 narrowspec.restorewcbackup(self, b'undo.narrowspec.dirstate')
2585 2588 self.dirstate.restorebackup(None, b'undo.dirstate')
2586 2589 try:
2587 2590 branch = self.vfs.read(b'undo.branch')
2588 2591 self.dirstate.setbranch(encoding.tolocal(branch))
2589 2592 except IOError:
2590 2593 ui.warn(
2591 2594 _(
2592 2595 b'named branch could not be reset: '
2593 2596 b'current branch is still \'%s\'\n'
2594 2597 )
2595 2598 % self.dirstate.branch()
2596 2599 )
2597 2600
2598 2601 parents = tuple([p.rev() for p in self[None].parents()])
2599 2602 if len(parents) > 1:
2600 2603 ui.status(
2601 2604 _(
2602 2605 b'working directory now based on '
2603 2606 b'revisions %d and %d\n'
2604 2607 )
2605 2608 % parents
2606 2609 )
2607 2610 else:
2608 2611 ui.status(
2609 2612 _(b'working directory now based on revision %d\n') % parents
2610 2613 )
2611 2614 mergestatemod.mergestate.clean(self)
2612 2615
2613 2616 # TODO: if we know which new heads may result from this rollback, pass
2614 2617 # them to destroy(), which will prevent the branchhead cache from being
2615 2618 # invalidated.
2616 2619 self.destroyed()
2617 2620 return 0
2618 2621
2619 2622 def _buildcacheupdater(self, newtransaction):
2620 2623 """called during transaction to build the callback updating cache
2621 2624
2622 2625 Lives on the repository to help extension who might want to augment
2623 2626 this logic. For this purpose, the created transaction is passed to the
2624 2627 method.
2625 2628 """
2626 2629 # we must avoid cyclic reference between repo and transaction.
2627 2630 reporef = weakref.ref(self)
2628 2631
2629 2632 def updater(tr):
2630 2633 repo = reporef()
2631 2634 repo.updatecaches(tr)
2632 2635
2633 2636 return updater
2634 2637
2635 2638 @unfilteredmethod
2636 2639 def updatecaches(self, tr=None, full=False):
2637 2640 """warm appropriate caches
2638 2641
2639 2642 If this function is called after a transaction closed. The transaction
2640 2643 will be available in the 'tr' argument. This can be used to selectively
2641 2644 update caches relevant to the changes in that transaction.
2642 2645
2643 2646 If 'full' is set, make sure all caches the function knows about have
2644 2647 up-to-date data. Even the ones usually loaded more lazily.
2645 2648 """
2646 2649 if tr is not None and tr.hookargs.get(b'source') == b'strip':
2647 2650 # During strip, many caches are invalid but
2648 2651 # later call to `destroyed` will refresh them.
2649 2652 return
2650 2653
2651 2654 if tr is None or tr.changes[b'origrepolen'] < len(self):
2652 2655 # accessing the 'served' branchmap should refresh all the others,
2653 2656 self.ui.debug(b'updating the branch cache\n')
2654 2657 self.filtered(b'served').branchmap()
2655 2658 self.filtered(b'served.hidden').branchmap()
2656 2659
2657 2660 if full:
2658 2661 unfi = self.unfiltered()
2659 2662
2660 2663 self.changelog.update_caches(transaction=tr)
2661 2664 self.manifestlog.update_caches(transaction=tr)
2662 2665
2663 2666 rbc = unfi.revbranchcache()
2664 2667 for r in unfi.changelog:
2665 2668 rbc.branchinfo(r)
2666 2669 rbc.write()
2667 2670
2668 2671 # ensure the working copy parents are in the manifestfulltextcache
2669 2672 for ctx in self[b'.'].parents():
2670 2673 ctx.manifest() # accessing the manifest is enough
2671 2674
2672 2675 # accessing fnode cache warms the cache
2673 2676 tagsmod.fnoderevs(self.ui, unfi, unfi.changelog.revs())
2674 2677 # accessing tags warm the cache
2675 2678 self.tags()
2676 2679 self.filtered(b'served').tags()
2677 2680
2678 2681 # The `full` arg is documented as updating even the lazily-loaded
2679 2682 # caches immediately, so we're forcing a write to cause these caches
2680 2683 # to be warmed up even if they haven't explicitly been requested
2681 2684 # yet (if they've never been used by hg, they won't ever have been
2682 2685 # written, even if they're a subset of another kind of cache that
2683 2686 # *has* been used).
2684 2687 for filt in repoview.filtertable.keys():
2685 2688 filtered = self.filtered(filt)
2686 2689 filtered.branchmap().write(filtered)
2687 2690
2688 2691 def invalidatecaches(self):
2689 2692
2690 2693 if '_tagscache' in vars(self):
2691 2694 # can't use delattr on proxy
2692 2695 del self.__dict__['_tagscache']
2693 2696
2694 2697 self._branchcaches.clear()
2695 2698 self.invalidatevolatilesets()
2696 2699 self._sparsesignaturecache.clear()
2697 2700
2698 2701 def invalidatevolatilesets(self):
2699 2702 self.filteredrevcache.clear()
2700 2703 obsolete.clearobscaches(self)
2701 2704 self._quick_access_changeid_invalidate()
2702 2705
2703 2706 def invalidatedirstate(self):
2704 2707 """Invalidates the dirstate, causing the next call to dirstate
2705 2708 to check if it was modified since the last time it was read,
2706 2709 rereading it if it has.
2707 2710
2708 2711 This is different to dirstate.invalidate() that it doesn't always
2709 2712 rereads the dirstate. Use dirstate.invalidate() if you want to
2710 2713 explicitly read the dirstate again (i.e. restoring it to a previous
2711 2714 known good state)."""
2712 2715 if hasunfilteredcache(self, 'dirstate'):
2713 2716 for k in self.dirstate._filecache:
2714 2717 try:
2715 2718 delattr(self.dirstate, k)
2716 2719 except AttributeError:
2717 2720 pass
2718 2721 delattr(self.unfiltered(), 'dirstate')
2719 2722
2720 2723 def invalidate(self, clearfilecache=False):
2721 2724 """Invalidates both store and non-store parts other than dirstate
2722 2725
2723 2726 If a transaction is running, invalidation of store is omitted,
2724 2727 because discarding in-memory changes might cause inconsistency
2725 2728 (e.g. incomplete fncache causes unintentional failure, but
2726 2729 redundant one doesn't).
2727 2730 """
2728 2731 unfiltered = self.unfiltered() # all file caches are stored unfiltered
2729 2732 for k in list(self._filecache.keys()):
2730 2733 # dirstate is invalidated separately in invalidatedirstate()
2731 2734 if k == b'dirstate':
2732 2735 continue
2733 2736 if (
2734 2737 k == b'changelog'
2735 2738 and self.currenttransaction()
2736 2739 and self.changelog._delayed
2737 2740 ):
2738 2741 # The changelog object may store unwritten revisions. We don't
2739 2742 # want to lose them.
2740 2743 # TODO: Solve the problem instead of working around it.
2741 2744 continue
2742 2745
2743 2746 if clearfilecache:
2744 2747 del self._filecache[k]
2745 2748 try:
2746 2749 delattr(unfiltered, k)
2747 2750 except AttributeError:
2748 2751 pass
2749 2752 self.invalidatecaches()
2750 2753 if not self.currenttransaction():
2751 2754 # TODO: Changing contents of store outside transaction
2752 2755 # causes inconsistency. We should make in-memory store
2753 2756 # changes detectable, and abort if changed.
2754 2757 self.store.invalidatecaches()
2755 2758
2756 2759 def invalidateall(self):
2757 2760 """Fully invalidates both store and non-store parts, causing the
2758 2761 subsequent operation to reread any outside changes."""
2759 2762 # extension should hook this to invalidate its caches
2760 2763 self.invalidate()
2761 2764 self.invalidatedirstate()
2762 2765
2763 2766 @unfilteredmethod
2764 2767 def _refreshfilecachestats(self, tr):
2765 2768 """Reload stats of cached files so that they are flagged as valid"""
2766 2769 for k, ce in self._filecache.items():
2767 2770 k = pycompat.sysstr(k)
2768 2771 if k == 'dirstate' or k not in self.__dict__:
2769 2772 continue
2770 2773 ce.refresh()
2771 2774
2772 2775 def _lock(
2773 2776 self,
2774 2777 vfs,
2775 2778 lockname,
2776 2779 wait,
2777 2780 releasefn,
2778 2781 acquirefn,
2779 2782 desc,
2780 2783 ):
2781 2784 timeout = 0
2782 2785 warntimeout = 0
2783 2786 if wait:
2784 2787 timeout = self.ui.configint(b"ui", b"timeout")
2785 2788 warntimeout = self.ui.configint(b"ui", b"timeout.warn")
2786 2789 # internal config: ui.signal-safe-lock
2787 2790 signalsafe = self.ui.configbool(b'ui', b'signal-safe-lock')
2788 2791
2789 2792 l = lockmod.trylock(
2790 2793 self.ui,
2791 2794 vfs,
2792 2795 lockname,
2793 2796 timeout,
2794 2797 warntimeout,
2795 2798 releasefn=releasefn,
2796 2799 acquirefn=acquirefn,
2797 2800 desc=desc,
2798 2801 signalsafe=signalsafe,
2799 2802 )
2800 2803 return l
2801 2804
2802 2805 def _afterlock(self, callback):
2803 2806 """add a callback to be run when the repository is fully unlocked
2804 2807
2805 2808 The callback will be executed when the outermost lock is released
2806 2809 (with wlock being higher level than 'lock')."""
2807 2810 for ref in (self._wlockref, self._lockref):
2808 2811 l = ref and ref()
2809 2812 if l and l.held:
2810 2813 l.postrelease.append(callback)
2811 2814 break
2812 2815 else: # no lock have been found.
2813 2816 callback(True)
2814 2817
2815 2818 def lock(self, wait=True):
2816 2819 """Lock the repository store (.hg/store) and return a weak reference
2817 2820 to the lock. Use this before modifying the store (e.g. committing or
2818 2821 stripping). If you are opening a transaction, get a lock as well.)
2819 2822
2820 2823 If both 'lock' and 'wlock' must be acquired, ensure you always acquires
2821 2824 'wlock' first to avoid a dead-lock hazard."""
2822 2825 l = self._currentlock(self._lockref)
2823 2826 if l is not None:
2824 2827 l.lock()
2825 2828 return l
2826 2829
2827 2830 l = self._lock(
2828 2831 vfs=self.svfs,
2829 2832 lockname=b"lock",
2830 2833 wait=wait,
2831 2834 releasefn=None,
2832 2835 acquirefn=self.invalidate,
2833 2836 desc=_(b'repository %s') % self.origroot,
2834 2837 )
2835 2838 self._lockref = weakref.ref(l)
2836 2839 return l
2837 2840
2838 2841 def wlock(self, wait=True):
2839 2842 """Lock the non-store parts of the repository (everything under
2840 2843 .hg except .hg/store) and return a weak reference to the lock.
2841 2844
2842 2845 Use this before modifying files in .hg.
2843 2846
2844 2847 If both 'lock' and 'wlock' must be acquired, ensure you always acquires
2845 2848 'wlock' first to avoid a dead-lock hazard."""
2846 2849 l = self._wlockref and self._wlockref()
2847 2850 if l is not None and l.held:
2848 2851 l.lock()
2849 2852 return l
2850 2853
2851 2854 # We do not need to check for non-waiting lock acquisition. Such
2852 2855 # acquisition would not cause dead-lock as they would just fail.
2853 2856 if wait and (
2854 2857 self.ui.configbool(b'devel', b'all-warnings')
2855 2858 or self.ui.configbool(b'devel', b'check-locks')
2856 2859 ):
2857 2860 if self._currentlock(self._lockref) is not None:
2858 2861 self.ui.develwarn(b'"wlock" acquired after "lock"')
2859 2862
2860 2863 def unlock():
2861 2864 if self.dirstate.pendingparentchange():
2862 2865 self.dirstate.invalidate()
2863 2866 else:
2864 2867 self.dirstate.write(None)
2865 2868
2866 2869 self._filecache[b'dirstate'].refresh()
2867 2870
2868 2871 l = self._lock(
2869 2872 self.vfs,
2870 2873 b"wlock",
2871 2874 wait,
2872 2875 unlock,
2873 2876 self.invalidatedirstate,
2874 2877 _(b'working directory of %s') % self.origroot,
2875 2878 )
2876 2879 self._wlockref = weakref.ref(l)
2877 2880 return l
2878 2881
2879 2882 def _currentlock(self, lockref):
2880 2883 """Returns the lock if it's held, or None if it's not."""
2881 2884 if lockref is None:
2882 2885 return None
2883 2886 l = lockref()
2884 2887 if l is None or not l.held:
2885 2888 return None
2886 2889 return l
2887 2890
2888 2891 def currentwlock(self):
2889 2892 """Returns the wlock if it's held, or None if it's not."""
2890 2893 return self._currentlock(self._wlockref)
2891 2894
2892 2895 def checkcommitpatterns(self, wctx, match, status, fail):
2893 2896 """check for commit arguments that aren't committable"""
2894 2897 if match.isexact() or match.prefix():
2895 2898 matched = set(status.modified + status.added + status.removed)
2896 2899
2897 2900 for f in match.files():
2898 2901 f = self.dirstate.normalize(f)
2899 2902 if f == b'.' or f in matched or f in wctx.substate:
2900 2903 continue
2901 2904 if f in status.deleted:
2902 2905 fail(f, _(b'file not found!'))
2903 2906 # Is it a directory that exists or used to exist?
2904 2907 if self.wvfs.isdir(f) or wctx.p1().hasdir(f):
2905 2908 d = f + b'/'
2906 2909 for mf in matched:
2907 2910 if mf.startswith(d):
2908 2911 break
2909 2912 else:
2910 2913 fail(f, _(b"no match under directory!"))
2911 2914 elif f not in self.dirstate:
2912 2915 fail(f, _(b"file not tracked!"))
2913 2916
2914 2917 @unfilteredmethod
2915 2918 def commit(
2916 2919 self,
2917 2920 text=b"",
2918 2921 user=None,
2919 2922 date=None,
2920 2923 match=None,
2921 2924 force=False,
2922 2925 editor=None,
2923 2926 extra=None,
2924 2927 ):
2925 2928 """Add a new revision to current repository.
2926 2929
2927 2930 Revision information is gathered from the working directory,
2928 2931 match can be used to filter the committed files. If editor is
2929 2932 supplied, it is called to get a commit message.
2930 2933 """
2931 2934 if extra is None:
2932 2935 extra = {}
2933 2936
2934 2937 def fail(f, msg):
2935 2938 raise error.InputError(b'%s: %s' % (f, msg))
2936 2939
2937 2940 if not match:
2938 2941 match = matchmod.always()
2939 2942
2940 2943 if not force:
2941 2944 match.bad = fail
2942 2945
2943 2946 # lock() for recent changelog (see issue4368)
2944 2947 with self.wlock(), self.lock():
2945 2948 wctx = self[None]
2946 2949 merge = len(wctx.parents()) > 1
2947 2950
2948 2951 if not force and merge and not match.always():
2949 2952 raise error.Abort(
2950 2953 _(
2951 2954 b'cannot partially commit a merge '
2952 2955 b'(do not specify files or patterns)'
2953 2956 )
2954 2957 )
2955 2958
2956 2959 status = self.status(match=match, clean=force)
2957 2960 if force:
2958 2961 status.modified.extend(
2959 2962 status.clean
2960 2963 ) # mq may commit clean files
2961 2964
2962 2965 # check subrepos
2963 2966 subs, commitsubs, newstate = subrepoutil.precommit(
2964 2967 self.ui, wctx, status, match, force=force
2965 2968 )
2966 2969
2967 2970 # make sure all explicit patterns are matched
2968 2971 if not force:
2969 2972 self.checkcommitpatterns(wctx, match, status, fail)
2970 2973
2971 2974 cctx = context.workingcommitctx(
2972 2975 self, status, text, user, date, extra
2973 2976 )
2974 2977
2975 2978 ms = mergestatemod.mergestate.read(self)
2976 2979 mergeutil.checkunresolved(ms)
2977 2980
2978 2981 # internal config: ui.allowemptycommit
2979 2982 if cctx.isempty() and not self.ui.configbool(
2980 2983 b'ui', b'allowemptycommit'
2981 2984 ):
2982 2985 self.ui.debug(b'nothing to commit, clearing merge state\n')
2983 2986 ms.reset()
2984 2987 return None
2985 2988
2986 2989 if merge and cctx.deleted():
2987 2990 raise error.Abort(_(b"cannot commit merge with missing files"))
2988 2991
2989 2992 if editor:
2990 2993 cctx._text = editor(self, cctx, subs)
2991 2994 edited = text != cctx._text
2992 2995
2993 2996 # Save commit message in case this transaction gets rolled back
2994 2997 # (e.g. by a pretxncommit hook). Leave the content alone on
2995 2998 # the assumption that the user will use the same editor again.
2996 2999 msgfn = self.savecommitmessage(cctx._text)
2997 3000
2998 3001 # commit subs and write new state
2999 3002 if subs:
3000 3003 uipathfn = scmutil.getuipathfn(self)
3001 3004 for s in sorted(commitsubs):
3002 3005 sub = wctx.sub(s)
3003 3006 self.ui.status(
3004 3007 _(b'committing subrepository %s\n')
3005 3008 % uipathfn(subrepoutil.subrelpath(sub))
3006 3009 )
3007 3010 sr = sub.commit(cctx._text, user, date)
3008 3011 newstate[s] = (newstate[s][0], sr)
3009 3012 subrepoutil.writestate(self, newstate)
3010 3013
3011 3014 p1, p2 = self.dirstate.parents()
3012 3015 hookp1, hookp2 = hex(p1), (p2 != nullid and hex(p2) or b'')
3013 3016 try:
3014 3017 self.hook(
3015 3018 b"precommit", throw=True, parent1=hookp1, parent2=hookp2
3016 3019 )
3017 3020 with self.transaction(b'commit'):
3018 3021 ret = self.commitctx(cctx, True)
3019 3022 # update bookmarks, dirstate and mergestate
3020 3023 bookmarks.update(self, [p1, p2], ret)
3021 3024 cctx.markcommitted(ret)
3022 3025 ms.reset()
3023 3026 except: # re-raises
3024 3027 if edited:
3025 3028 self.ui.write(
3026 3029 _(b'note: commit message saved in %s\n') % msgfn
3027 3030 )
3028 3031 self.ui.write(
3029 3032 _(
3030 3033 b"note: use 'hg commit --logfile "
3031 3034 b".hg/last-message.txt --edit' to reuse it\n"
3032 3035 )
3033 3036 )
3034 3037 raise
3035 3038
3036 3039 def commithook(unused_success):
3037 3040 # hack for command that use a temporary commit (eg: histedit)
3038 3041 # temporary commit got stripped before hook release
3039 3042 if self.changelog.hasnode(ret):
3040 3043 self.hook(
3041 3044 b"commit", node=hex(ret), parent1=hookp1, parent2=hookp2
3042 3045 )
3043 3046
3044 3047 self._afterlock(commithook)
3045 3048 return ret
3046 3049
3047 3050 @unfilteredmethod
3048 3051 def commitctx(self, ctx, error=False, origctx=None):
3049 3052 return commit.commitctx(self, ctx, error=error, origctx=origctx)
3050 3053
3051 3054 @unfilteredmethod
3052 3055 def destroying(self):
3053 3056 """Inform the repository that nodes are about to be destroyed.
3054 3057 Intended for use by strip and rollback, so there's a common
3055 3058 place for anything that has to be done before destroying history.
3056 3059
3057 3060 This is mostly useful for saving state that is in memory and waiting
3058 3061 to be flushed when the current lock is released. Because a call to
3059 3062 destroyed is imminent, the repo will be invalidated causing those
3060 3063 changes to stay in memory (waiting for the next unlock), or vanish
3061 3064 completely.
3062 3065 """
3063 3066 # When using the same lock to commit and strip, the phasecache is left
3064 3067 # dirty after committing. Then when we strip, the repo is invalidated,
3065 3068 # causing those changes to disappear.
3066 3069 if '_phasecache' in vars(self):
3067 3070 self._phasecache.write()
3068 3071
3069 3072 @unfilteredmethod
3070 3073 def destroyed(self):
3071 3074 """Inform the repository that nodes have been destroyed.
3072 3075 Intended for use by strip and rollback, so there's a common
3073 3076 place for anything that has to be done after destroying history.
3074 3077 """
3075 3078 # When one tries to:
3076 3079 # 1) destroy nodes thus calling this method (e.g. strip)
3077 3080 # 2) use phasecache somewhere (e.g. commit)
3078 3081 #
3079 3082 # then 2) will fail because the phasecache contains nodes that were
3080 3083 # removed. We can either remove phasecache from the filecache,
3081 3084 # causing it to reload next time it is accessed, or simply filter
3082 3085 # the removed nodes now and write the updated cache.
3083 3086 self._phasecache.filterunknown(self)
3084 3087 self._phasecache.write()
3085 3088
3086 3089 # refresh all repository caches
3087 3090 self.updatecaches()
3088 3091
3089 3092 # Ensure the persistent tag cache is updated. Doing it now
3090 3093 # means that the tag cache only has to worry about destroyed
3091 3094 # heads immediately after a strip/rollback. That in turn
3092 3095 # guarantees that "cachetip == currenttip" (comparing both rev
3093 3096 # and node) always means no nodes have been added or destroyed.
3094 3097
3095 3098 # XXX this is suboptimal when qrefresh'ing: we strip the current
3096 3099 # head, refresh the tag cache, then immediately add a new head.
3097 3100 # But I think doing it this way is necessary for the "instant
3098 3101 # tag cache retrieval" case to work.
3099 3102 self.invalidate()
3100 3103
3101 3104 def status(
3102 3105 self,
3103 3106 node1=b'.',
3104 3107 node2=None,
3105 3108 match=None,
3106 3109 ignored=False,
3107 3110 clean=False,
3108 3111 unknown=False,
3109 3112 listsubrepos=False,
3110 3113 ):
3111 3114 '''a convenience method that calls node1.status(node2)'''
3112 3115 return self[node1].status(
3113 3116 node2, match, ignored, clean, unknown, listsubrepos
3114 3117 )
3115 3118
3116 3119 def addpostdsstatus(self, ps):
3117 3120 """Add a callback to run within the wlock, at the point at which status
3118 3121 fixups happen.
3119 3122
3120 3123 On status completion, callback(wctx, status) will be called with the
3121 3124 wlock held, unless the dirstate has changed from underneath or the wlock
3122 3125 couldn't be grabbed.
3123 3126
3124 3127 Callbacks should not capture and use a cached copy of the dirstate --
3125 3128 it might change in the meanwhile. Instead, they should access the
3126 3129 dirstate via wctx.repo().dirstate.
3127 3130
3128 3131 This list is emptied out after each status run -- extensions should
3129 3132 make sure it adds to this list each time dirstate.status is called.
3130 3133 Extensions should also make sure they don't call this for statuses
3131 3134 that don't involve the dirstate.
3132 3135 """
3133 3136
3134 3137 # The list is located here for uniqueness reasons -- it is actually
3135 3138 # managed by the workingctx, but that isn't unique per-repo.
3136 3139 self._postdsstatus.append(ps)
3137 3140
3138 3141 def postdsstatus(self):
3139 3142 """Used by workingctx to get the list of post-dirstate-status hooks."""
3140 3143 return self._postdsstatus
3141 3144
3142 3145 def clearpostdsstatus(self):
3143 3146 """Used by workingctx to clear post-dirstate-status hooks."""
3144 3147 del self._postdsstatus[:]
3145 3148
3146 3149 def heads(self, start=None):
3147 3150 if start is None:
3148 3151 cl = self.changelog
3149 3152 headrevs = reversed(cl.headrevs())
3150 3153 return [cl.node(rev) for rev in headrevs]
3151 3154
3152 3155 heads = self.changelog.heads(start)
3153 3156 # sort the output in rev descending order
3154 3157 return sorted(heads, key=self.changelog.rev, reverse=True)
3155 3158
3156 3159 def branchheads(self, branch=None, start=None, closed=False):
3157 3160 """return a (possibly filtered) list of heads for the given branch
3158 3161
3159 3162 Heads are returned in topological order, from newest to oldest.
3160 3163 If branch is None, use the dirstate branch.
3161 3164 If start is not None, return only heads reachable from start.
3162 3165 If closed is True, return heads that are marked as closed as well.
3163 3166 """
3164 3167 if branch is None:
3165 3168 branch = self[None].branch()
3166 3169 branches = self.branchmap()
3167 3170 if not branches.hasbranch(branch):
3168 3171 return []
3169 3172 # the cache returns heads ordered lowest to highest
3170 3173 bheads = list(reversed(branches.branchheads(branch, closed=closed)))
3171 3174 if start is not None:
3172 3175 # filter out the heads that cannot be reached from startrev
3173 3176 fbheads = set(self.changelog.nodesbetween([start], bheads)[2])
3174 3177 bheads = [h for h in bheads if h in fbheads]
3175 3178 return bheads
3176 3179
3177 3180 def branches(self, nodes):
3178 3181 if not nodes:
3179 3182 nodes = [self.changelog.tip()]
3180 3183 b = []
3181 3184 for n in nodes:
3182 3185 t = n
3183 3186 while True:
3184 3187 p = self.changelog.parents(n)
3185 3188 if p[1] != nullid or p[0] == nullid:
3186 3189 b.append((t, n, p[0], p[1]))
3187 3190 break
3188 3191 n = p[0]
3189 3192 return b
3190 3193
3191 3194 def between(self, pairs):
3192 3195 r = []
3193 3196
3194 3197 for top, bottom in pairs:
3195 3198 n, l, i = top, [], 0
3196 3199 f = 1
3197 3200
3198 3201 while n != bottom and n != nullid:
3199 3202 p = self.changelog.parents(n)[0]
3200 3203 if i == f:
3201 3204 l.append(n)
3202 3205 f = f * 2
3203 3206 n = p
3204 3207 i += 1
3205 3208
3206 3209 r.append(l)
3207 3210
3208 3211 return r
3209 3212
3210 3213 def checkpush(self, pushop):
3211 3214 """Extensions can override this function if additional checks have
3212 3215 to be performed before pushing, or call it if they override push
3213 3216 command.
3214 3217 """
3215 3218
3216 3219 @unfilteredpropertycache
3217 3220 def prepushoutgoinghooks(self):
3218 3221 """Return util.hooks consists of a pushop with repo, remote, outgoing
3219 3222 methods, which are called before pushing changesets.
3220 3223 """
3221 3224 return util.hooks()
3222 3225
3223 3226 def pushkey(self, namespace, key, old, new):
3224 3227 try:
3225 3228 tr = self.currenttransaction()
3226 3229 hookargs = {}
3227 3230 if tr is not None:
3228 3231 hookargs.update(tr.hookargs)
3229 3232 hookargs = pycompat.strkwargs(hookargs)
3230 3233 hookargs['namespace'] = namespace
3231 3234 hookargs['key'] = key
3232 3235 hookargs['old'] = old
3233 3236 hookargs['new'] = new
3234 3237 self.hook(b'prepushkey', throw=True, **hookargs)
3235 3238 except error.HookAbort as exc:
3236 3239 self.ui.write_err(_(b"pushkey-abort: %s\n") % exc)
3237 3240 if exc.hint:
3238 3241 self.ui.write_err(_(b"(%s)\n") % exc.hint)
3239 3242 return False
3240 3243 self.ui.debug(b'pushing key for "%s:%s"\n' % (namespace, key))
3241 3244 ret = pushkey.push(self, namespace, key, old, new)
3242 3245
3243 3246 def runhook(unused_success):
3244 3247 self.hook(
3245 3248 b'pushkey',
3246 3249 namespace=namespace,
3247 3250 key=key,
3248 3251 old=old,
3249 3252 new=new,
3250 3253 ret=ret,
3251 3254 )
3252 3255
3253 3256 self._afterlock(runhook)
3254 3257 return ret
3255 3258
3256 3259 def listkeys(self, namespace):
3257 3260 self.hook(b'prelistkeys', throw=True, namespace=namespace)
3258 3261 self.ui.debug(b'listing keys for "%s"\n' % namespace)
3259 3262 values = pushkey.list(self, namespace)
3260 3263 self.hook(b'listkeys', namespace=namespace, values=values)
3261 3264 return values
3262 3265
3263 3266 def debugwireargs(self, one, two, three=None, four=None, five=None):
3264 3267 '''used to test argument passing over the wire'''
3265 3268 return b"%s %s %s %s %s" % (
3266 3269 one,
3267 3270 two,
3268 3271 pycompat.bytestr(three),
3269 3272 pycompat.bytestr(four),
3270 3273 pycompat.bytestr(five),
3271 3274 )
3272 3275
3273 3276 def savecommitmessage(self, text):
3274 3277 fp = self.vfs(b'last-message.txt', b'wb')
3275 3278 try:
3276 3279 fp.write(text)
3277 3280 finally:
3278 3281 fp.close()
3279 3282 return self.pathto(fp.name[len(self.root) + 1 :])
3280 3283
3281 3284
3282 3285 # used to avoid circular references so destructors work
3283 3286 def aftertrans(files):
3284 3287 renamefiles = [tuple(t) for t in files]
3285 3288
3286 3289 def a():
3287 3290 for vfs, src, dest in renamefiles:
3288 3291 # if src and dest refer to a same file, vfs.rename is a no-op,
3289 3292 # leaving both src and dest on disk. delete dest to make sure
3290 3293 # the rename couldn't be such a no-op.
3291 3294 vfs.tryunlink(dest)
3292 3295 try:
3293 3296 vfs.rename(src, dest)
3294 3297 except OSError: # journal file does not yet exist
3295 3298 pass
3296 3299
3297 3300 return a
3298 3301
3299 3302
3300 3303 def undoname(fn):
3301 3304 base, name = os.path.split(fn)
3302 3305 assert name.startswith(b'journal')
3303 3306 return os.path.join(base, name.replace(b'journal', b'undo', 1))
3304 3307
3305 3308
3306 3309 def instance(ui, path, create, intents=None, createopts=None):
3307 3310 localpath = util.urllocalpath(path)
3308 3311 if create:
3309 3312 createrepository(ui, localpath, createopts=createopts)
3310 3313
3311 3314 return makelocalrepository(ui, localpath, intents=intents)
3312 3315
3313 3316
3314 3317 def islocal(path):
3315 3318 return True
3316 3319
3317 3320
3318 3321 def defaultcreateopts(ui, createopts=None):
3319 3322 """Populate the default creation options for a repository.
3320 3323
3321 3324 A dictionary of explicitly requested creation options can be passed
3322 3325 in. Missing keys will be populated.
3323 3326 """
3324 3327 createopts = dict(createopts or {})
3325 3328
3326 3329 if b'backend' not in createopts:
3327 3330 # experimental config: storage.new-repo-backend
3328 3331 createopts[b'backend'] = ui.config(b'storage', b'new-repo-backend')
3329 3332
3330 3333 return createopts
3331 3334
3332 3335
3333 3336 def newreporequirements(ui, createopts):
3334 3337 """Determine the set of requirements for a new local repository.
3335 3338
3336 3339 Extensions can wrap this function to specify custom requirements for
3337 3340 new repositories.
3338 3341 """
3339 3342 # If the repo is being created from a shared repository, we copy
3340 3343 # its requirements.
3341 3344 if b'sharedrepo' in createopts:
3342 3345 requirements = set(createopts[b'sharedrepo'].requirements)
3343 3346 if createopts.get(b'sharedrelative'):
3344 3347 requirements.add(requirementsmod.RELATIVE_SHARED_REQUIREMENT)
3345 3348 else:
3346 3349 requirements.add(requirementsmod.SHARED_REQUIREMENT)
3347 3350
3348 3351 return requirements
3349 3352
3350 3353 if b'backend' not in createopts:
3351 3354 raise error.ProgrammingError(
3352 3355 b'backend key not present in createopts; '
3353 3356 b'was defaultcreateopts() called?'
3354 3357 )
3355 3358
3356 3359 if createopts[b'backend'] != b'revlogv1':
3357 3360 raise error.Abort(
3358 3361 _(
3359 3362 b'unable to determine repository requirements for '
3360 3363 b'storage backend: %s'
3361 3364 )
3362 3365 % createopts[b'backend']
3363 3366 )
3364 3367
3365 3368 requirements = {b'revlogv1'}
3366 3369 if ui.configbool(b'format', b'usestore'):
3367 3370 requirements.add(b'store')
3368 3371 if ui.configbool(b'format', b'usefncache'):
3369 3372 requirements.add(b'fncache')
3370 3373 if ui.configbool(b'format', b'dotencode'):
3371 3374 requirements.add(b'dotencode')
3372 3375
3373 3376 compengines = ui.configlist(b'format', b'revlog-compression')
3374 3377 for compengine in compengines:
3375 3378 if compengine in util.compengines:
3376 3379 break
3377 3380 else:
3378 3381 raise error.Abort(
3379 3382 _(
3380 3383 b'compression engines %s defined by '
3381 3384 b'format.revlog-compression not available'
3382 3385 )
3383 3386 % b', '.join(b'"%s"' % e for e in compengines),
3384 3387 hint=_(
3385 3388 b'run "hg debuginstall" to list available '
3386 3389 b'compression engines'
3387 3390 ),
3388 3391 )
3389 3392
3390 3393 # zlib is the historical default and doesn't need an explicit requirement.
3391 3394 if compengine == b'zstd':
3392 3395 requirements.add(b'revlog-compression-zstd')
3393 3396 elif compengine != b'zlib':
3394 3397 requirements.add(b'exp-compression-%s' % compengine)
3395 3398
3396 3399 if scmutil.gdinitconfig(ui):
3397 3400 requirements.add(b'generaldelta')
3398 3401 if ui.configbool(b'format', b'sparse-revlog'):
3399 3402 requirements.add(requirementsmod.SPARSEREVLOG_REQUIREMENT)
3400 3403
3401 3404 # experimental config: format.exp-use-side-data
3402 3405 if ui.configbool(b'format', b'exp-use-side-data'):
3403 3406 requirements.add(requirementsmod.SIDEDATA_REQUIREMENT)
3404 3407 # experimental config: format.exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset
3405 3408 if ui.configbool(b'format', b'exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset'):
3406 3409 requirements.add(requirementsmod.SIDEDATA_REQUIREMENT)
3407 3410 requirements.add(requirementsmod.COPIESSDC_REQUIREMENT)
3408 3411 if ui.configbool(b'experimental', b'treemanifest'):
3409 3412 requirements.add(requirementsmod.TREEMANIFEST_REQUIREMENT)
3410 3413
3411 3414 revlogv2 = ui.config(b'experimental', b'revlogv2')
3412 3415 if revlogv2 == b'enable-unstable-format-and-corrupt-my-data':
3413 3416 requirements.remove(b'revlogv1')
3414 3417 # generaldelta is implied by revlogv2.
3415 3418 requirements.discard(b'generaldelta')
3416 3419 requirements.add(requirementsmod.REVLOGV2_REQUIREMENT)
3417 3420 # experimental config: format.internal-phase
3418 3421 if ui.configbool(b'format', b'internal-phase'):
3419 3422 requirements.add(requirementsmod.INTERNAL_PHASE_REQUIREMENT)
3420 3423
3421 3424 if createopts.get(b'narrowfiles'):
3422 3425 requirements.add(requirementsmod.NARROW_REQUIREMENT)
3423 3426
3424 3427 if createopts.get(b'lfs'):
3425 3428 requirements.add(b'lfs')
3426 3429
3427 3430 if ui.configbool(b'format', b'bookmarks-in-store'):
3428 3431 requirements.add(bookmarks.BOOKMARKS_IN_STORE_REQUIREMENT)
3429 3432
3430 3433 if ui.configbool(b'format', b'use-persistent-nodemap'):
3431 3434 requirements.add(requirementsmod.NODEMAP_REQUIREMENT)
3432 3435
3433 3436 # if share-safe is enabled, let's create the new repository with the new
3434 3437 # requirement
3435 3438 if ui.configbool(b'format', b'exp-share-safe'):
3436 3439 requirements.add(requirementsmod.SHARESAFE_REQUIREMENT)
3437 3440
3438 3441 return requirements
3439 3442
3440 3443
3441 3444 def checkrequirementscompat(ui, requirements):
3442 3445 """Checks compatibility of repository requirements enabled and disabled.
3443 3446
3444 3447 Returns a set of requirements which needs to be dropped because dependend
3445 3448 requirements are not enabled. Also warns users about it"""
3446 3449
3447 3450 dropped = set()
3448 3451
3449 3452 if b'store' not in requirements:
3450 3453 if bookmarks.BOOKMARKS_IN_STORE_REQUIREMENT in requirements:
3451 3454 ui.warn(
3452 3455 _(
3453 3456 b'ignoring enabled \'format.bookmarks-in-store\' config '
3454 3457 b'beacuse it is incompatible with disabled '
3455 3458 b'\'format.usestore\' config\n'
3456 3459 )
3457 3460 )
3458 3461 dropped.add(bookmarks.BOOKMARKS_IN_STORE_REQUIREMENT)
3459 3462
3460 3463 if (
3461 3464 requirementsmod.SHARED_REQUIREMENT in requirements
3462 3465 or requirementsmod.RELATIVE_SHARED_REQUIREMENT in requirements
3463 3466 ):
3464 3467 raise error.Abort(
3465 3468 _(
3466 3469 b"cannot create shared repository as source was created"
3467 3470 b" with 'format.usestore' config disabled"
3468 3471 )
3469 3472 )
3470 3473
3471 3474 if requirementsmod.SHARESAFE_REQUIREMENT in requirements:
3472 3475 ui.warn(
3473 3476 _(
3474 3477 b"ignoring enabled 'format.exp-share-safe' config because "
3475 3478 b"it is incompatible with disabled 'format.usestore'"
3476 3479 b" config\n"
3477 3480 )
3478 3481 )
3479 3482 dropped.add(requirementsmod.SHARESAFE_REQUIREMENT)
3480 3483
3481 3484 return dropped
3482 3485
3483 3486
3484 3487 def filterknowncreateopts(ui, createopts):
3485 3488 """Filters a dict of repo creation options against options that are known.
3486 3489
3487 3490 Receives a dict of repo creation options and returns a dict of those
3488 3491 options that we don't know how to handle.
3489 3492
3490 3493 This function is called as part of repository creation. If the
3491 3494 returned dict contains any items, repository creation will not
3492 3495 be allowed, as it means there was a request to create a repository
3493 3496 with options not recognized by loaded code.
3494 3497
3495 3498 Extensions can wrap this function to filter out creation options
3496 3499 they know how to handle.
3497 3500 """
3498 3501 known = {
3499 3502 b'backend',
3500 3503 b'lfs',
3501 3504 b'narrowfiles',
3502 3505 b'sharedrepo',
3503 3506 b'sharedrelative',
3504 3507 b'shareditems',
3505 3508 b'shallowfilestore',
3506 3509 }
3507 3510
3508 3511 return {k: v for k, v in createopts.items() if k not in known}
3509 3512
3510 3513
3511 3514 def createrepository(ui, path, createopts=None):
3512 3515 """Create a new repository in a vfs.
3513 3516
3514 3517 ``path`` path to the new repo's working directory.
3515 3518 ``createopts`` options for the new repository.
3516 3519
3517 3520 The following keys for ``createopts`` are recognized:
3518 3521
3519 3522 backend
3520 3523 The storage backend to use.
3521 3524 lfs
3522 3525 Repository will be created with ``lfs`` requirement. The lfs extension
3523 3526 will automatically be loaded when the repository is accessed.
3524 3527 narrowfiles
3525 3528 Set up repository to support narrow file storage.
3526 3529 sharedrepo
3527 3530 Repository object from which storage should be shared.
3528 3531 sharedrelative
3529 3532 Boolean indicating if the path to the shared repo should be
3530 3533 stored as relative. By default, the pointer to the "parent" repo
3531 3534 is stored as an absolute path.
3532 3535 shareditems
3533 3536 Set of items to share to the new repository (in addition to storage).
3534 3537 shallowfilestore
3535 3538 Indicates that storage for files should be shallow (not all ancestor
3536 3539 revisions are known).
3537 3540 """
3538 3541 createopts = defaultcreateopts(ui, createopts=createopts)
3539 3542
3540 3543 unknownopts = filterknowncreateopts(ui, createopts)
3541 3544
3542 3545 if not isinstance(unknownopts, dict):
3543 3546 raise error.ProgrammingError(
3544 3547 b'filterknowncreateopts() did not return a dict'
3545 3548 )
3546 3549
3547 3550 if unknownopts:
3548 3551 raise error.Abort(
3549 3552 _(
3550 3553 b'unable to create repository because of unknown '
3551 3554 b'creation option: %s'
3552 3555 )
3553 3556 % b', '.join(sorted(unknownopts)),
3554 3557 hint=_(b'is a required extension not loaded?'),
3555 3558 )
3556 3559
3557 3560 requirements = newreporequirements(ui, createopts=createopts)
3558 3561 requirements -= checkrequirementscompat(ui, requirements)
3559 3562
3560 3563 wdirvfs = vfsmod.vfs(path, expandpath=True, realpath=True)
3561 3564
3562 3565 hgvfs = vfsmod.vfs(wdirvfs.join(b'.hg'))
3563 3566 if hgvfs.exists():
3564 3567 raise error.RepoError(_(b'repository %s already exists') % path)
3565 3568
3566 3569 if b'sharedrepo' in createopts:
3567 3570 sharedpath = createopts[b'sharedrepo'].sharedpath
3568 3571
3569 3572 if createopts.get(b'sharedrelative'):
3570 3573 try:
3571 3574 sharedpath = os.path.relpath(sharedpath, hgvfs.base)
3572 3575 except (IOError, ValueError) as e:
3573 3576 # ValueError is raised on Windows if the drive letters differ
3574 3577 # on each path.
3575 3578 raise error.Abort(
3576 3579 _(b'cannot calculate relative path'),
3577 3580 hint=stringutil.forcebytestr(e),
3578 3581 )
3579 3582
3580 3583 if not wdirvfs.exists():
3581 3584 wdirvfs.makedirs()
3582 3585
3583 3586 hgvfs.makedir(notindexed=True)
3584 3587 if b'sharedrepo' not in createopts:
3585 3588 hgvfs.mkdir(b'cache')
3586 3589 hgvfs.mkdir(b'wcache')
3587 3590
3588 3591 if b'store' in requirements and b'sharedrepo' not in createopts:
3589 3592 hgvfs.mkdir(b'store')
3590 3593
3591 3594 # We create an invalid changelog outside the store so very old
3592 3595 # Mercurial versions (which didn't know about the requirements
3593 3596 # file) encounter an error on reading the changelog. This
3594 3597 # effectively locks out old clients and prevents them from
3595 3598 # mucking with a repo in an unknown format.
3596 3599 #
3597 3600 # The revlog header has version 2, which won't be recognized by
3598 3601 # such old clients.
3599 3602 hgvfs.append(
3600 3603 b'00changelog.i',
3601 3604 b'\0\0\0\2 dummy changelog to prevent using the old repo '
3602 3605 b'layout',
3603 3606 )
3604 3607
3605 3608 # Filter the requirements into working copy and store ones
3606 3609 wcreq, storereq = scmutil.filterrequirements(requirements)
3607 3610 # write working copy ones
3608 3611 scmutil.writerequires(hgvfs, wcreq)
3609 3612 # If there are store requirements and the current repository
3610 3613 # is not a shared one, write stored requirements
3611 3614 # For new shared repository, we don't need to write the store
3612 3615 # requirements as they are already present in store requires
3613 3616 if storereq and b'sharedrepo' not in createopts:
3614 3617 storevfs = vfsmod.vfs(hgvfs.join(b'store'), cacheaudited=True)
3615 3618 scmutil.writerequires(storevfs, storereq)
3616 3619
3617 3620 # Write out file telling readers where to find the shared store.
3618 3621 if b'sharedrepo' in createopts:
3619 3622 hgvfs.write(b'sharedpath', sharedpath)
3620 3623
3621 3624 if createopts.get(b'shareditems'):
3622 3625 shared = b'\n'.join(sorted(createopts[b'shareditems'])) + b'\n'
3623 3626 hgvfs.write(b'shared', shared)
3624 3627
3625 3628
3626 3629 def poisonrepository(repo):
3627 3630 """Poison a repository instance so it can no longer be used."""
3628 3631 # Perform any cleanup on the instance.
3629 3632 repo.close()
3630 3633
3631 3634 # Our strategy is to replace the type of the object with one that
3632 3635 # has all attribute lookups result in error.
3633 3636 #
3634 3637 # But we have to allow the close() method because some constructors
3635 3638 # of repos call close() on repo references.
3636 3639 class poisonedrepository(object):
3637 3640 def __getattribute__(self, item):
3638 3641 if item == 'close':
3639 3642 return object.__getattribute__(self, item)
3640 3643
3641 3644 raise error.ProgrammingError(
3642 3645 b'repo instances should not be used after unshare'
3643 3646 )
3644 3647
3645 3648 def close(self):
3646 3649 pass
3647 3650
3648 3651 # We may have a repoview, which intercepts __setattr__. So be sure
3649 3652 # we operate at the lowest level possible.
3650 3653 object.__setattr__(repo, '__class__', poisonedrepository)
@@ -1,669 +1,675 b''
1 1 ===================================
2 2 Test the persistent on-disk nodemap
3 3 ===================================
4 4
5 5 $ cat << EOF >> $HGRCPATH
6 6 > [format]
7 7 > use-persistent-nodemap=yes
8 8 > [devel]
9 9 > persistent-nodemap=yes
10 10 > EOF
11 11
12 12 $ hg init test-repo --config storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path=allow
13 13 $ cd test-repo
14 14
15 15 Check handling of the default slow-path value
16 16
17 17 #if no-pure no-rust
18 18
19 19 $ hg id
20 warning: accessing `persistent-nodemap` repository without associated fast implementation.
20 abort: accessing `persistent-nodemap` repository without associated fast implementation.
21 21 (check `hg help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap` for details)
22 000000000000 tip
22 [255]
23 23
24 24 Unlock further check (we are here to test the feature)
25 25
26 26 $ cat << EOF >> $HGRCPATH
27 27 > [storage]
28 28 > # to avoid spamming the test
29 29 > revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path=allow
30 30 > EOF
31 31
32 32 #endif
33 33
34 34
35 35 $ hg debugformat
36 36 format-variant repo
37 37 fncache: yes
38 38 dotencode: yes
39 39 generaldelta: yes
40 40 exp-sharesafe: no
41 41 sparserevlog: yes
42 42 sidedata: no
43 43 persistent-nodemap: yes
44 44 copies-sdc: no
45 45 plain-cl-delta: yes
46 46 compression: zlib
47 47 compression-level: default
48 48 $ hg debugbuilddag .+5000 --new-file
49 49
50 50 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
51 51 uid: ???????????????? (glob)
52 52 tip-rev: 5000
53 53 tip-node: 6b02b8c7b96654c25e86ba69eda198d7e6ad8b3c
54 54 data-length: 121088
55 55 data-unused: 0
56 56 data-unused: 0.000%
57 57 $ f --size .hg/store/00changelog.n
58 58 .hg/store/00changelog.n: size=70
59 59
60 60 Simple lookup works
61 61
62 62 $ ANYNODE=`hg log --template '{node|short}\n' --rev tip`
63 63 $ hg log -r "$ANYNODE" --template '{rev}\n'
64 64 5000
65 65
66 66
67 67 #if rust
68 68
69 69 $ f --sha256 .hg/store/00changelog-*.nd
70 70 .hg/store/00changelog-????????????????.nd: sha256=2e029d3200bd1a986b32784fc2ef1a3bd60dc331f025718bcf5ff44d93f026fd (glob)
71 71
72 72 $ f --sha256 .hg/store/00manifest-*.nd
73 73 .hg/store/00manifest-????????????????.nd: sha256=97117b1c064ea2f86664a124589e47db0e254e8d34739b5c5cc5bf31c9da2b51 (glob)
74 74 $ hg debugnodemap --dump-new | f --sha256 --size
75 75 size=121088, sha256=2e029d3200bd1a986b32784fc2ef1a3bd60dc331f025718bcf5ff44d93f026fd
76 76 $ hg debugnodemap --dump-disk | f --sha256 --bytes=256 --hexdump --size
77 77 size=121088, sha256=2e029d3200bd1a986b32784fc2ef1a3bd60dc331f025718bcf5ff44d93f026fd
78 78 0000: 00 00 00 91 00 00 00 20 00 00 00 bb 00 00 00 e7 |....... ........|
79 79 0010: 00 00 00 66 00 00 00 a1 00 00 01 13 00 00 01 22 |...f..........."|
80 80 0020: 00 00 00 23 00 00 00 fc 00 00 00 ba 00 00 00 5e |...#...........^|
81 81 0030: 00 00 00 df 00 00 01 4e 00 00 01 65 00 00 00 ab |.......N...e....|
82 82 0040: 00 00 00 a9 00 00 00 95 00 00 00 73 00 00 00 38 |...........s...8|
83 83 0050: 00 00 00 cc 00 00 00 92 00 00 00 90 00 00 00 69 |...............i|
84 84 0060: 00 00 00 ec 00 00 00 8d 00 00 01 4f 00 00 00 12 |...........O....|
85 85 0070: 00 00 02 0c 00 00 00 77 00 00 00 9c 00 00 00 8f |.......w........|
86 86 0080: 00 00 00 d5 00 00 00 6b 00 00 00 48 00 00 00 b3 |.......k...H....|
87 87 0090: 00 00 00 e5 00 00 00 b5 00 00 00 8e 00 00 00 ad |................|
88 88 00a0: 00 00 00 7b 00 00 00 7c 00 00 00 0b 00 00 00 2b |...{...|.......+|
89 89 00b0: 00 00 00 c6 00 00 00 1e 00 00 01 08 00 00 00 11 |................|
90 90 00c0: 00 00 01 30 00 00 00 26 00 00 01 9c 00 00 00 35 |...0...&.......5|
91 91 00d0: 00 00 00 b8 00 00 01 31 00 00 00 2c 00 00 00 55 |.......1...,...U|
92 92 00e0: 00 00 00 8a 00 00 00 9a 00 00 00 0c 00 00 01 1e |................|
93 93 00f0: 00 00 00 a4 00 00 00 83 00 00 00 c9 00 00 00 8c |................|
94 94
95 95
96 96 #else
97 97
98 98 $ f --sha256 .hg/store/00changelog-*.nd
99 99 .hg/store/00changelog-????????????????.nd: sha256=f544f5462ff46097432caf6d764091f6d8c46d6121be315ead8576d548c9dd79 (glob)
100 100 $ hg debugnodemap --dump-new | f --sha256 --size
101 101 size=121088, sha256=f544f5462ff46097432caf6d764091f6d8c46d6121be315ead8576d548c9dd79
102 102 $ hg debugnodemap --dump-disk | f --sha256 --bytes=256 --hexdump --size
103 103 size=121088, sha256=f544f5462ff46097432caf6d764091f6d8c46d6121be315ead8576d548c9dd79
104 104 0000: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff |................|
105 105 0010: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff |................|
106 106 0020: ff ff ff ff ff ff f5 06 ff ff ff ff ff ff f3 e7 |................|
107 107 0030: ff ff ef ca ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff |................|
108 108 0040: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff |................|
109 109 0050: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ed 08 |................|
110 110 0060: ff ff ed 66 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff |...f............|
111 111 0070: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff |................|
112 112 0080: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff |................|
113 113 0090: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff f6 ed |................|
114 114 00a0: ff ff ff ff ff ff fe 61 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff |.......a........|
115 115 00b0: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff |................|
116 116 00c0: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff |................|
117 117 00d0: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff |................|
118 118 00e0: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff f1 02 |................|
119 119 00f0: ff ff ff ff ff ff ed 1b ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff |................|
120 120
121 121 #endif
122 122
123 123 $ hg debugnodemap --check
124 124 revision in index: 5001
125 125 revision in nodemap: 5001
126 126
127 127 add a new commit
128 128
129 129 $ hg up
130 130 5001 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
131 131 $ echo foo > foo
132 132 $ hg add foo
133 133
134 134
135 135 Check slow-path config value handling
136 136 -------------------------------------
137 137
138 #if no-pure no-rust
139
138 140 $ hg id --config "storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path=invalid-value"
139 141 unknown value for config "storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path": "invalid-value"
140 falling back to default value: warn
141 warning: accessing `persistent-nodemap` repository without associated fast implementation. (no-pure no-rust !)
142 (check `hg help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap` for details) (no-pure no-rust !)
143 6b02b8c7b966+ tip
144
145 #if no-pure no-rust
142 falling back to default value: abort
143 abort: accessing `persistent-nodemap` repository without associated fast implementation.
144 (check `hg help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap` for details)
145 [255]
146 146
147 147 $ hg log -r . --config "storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path=warn"
148 148 warning: accessing `persistent-nodemap` repository without associated fast implementation.
149 149 (check `hg help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap` for details)
150 150 changeset: 5000:6b02b8c7b966
151 151 tag: tip
152 152 user: debugbuilddag
153 153 date: Thu Jan 01 01:23:20 1970 +0000
154 154 summary: r5000
155 155
156 $ hg ci -m 'foo' --config "storage.revlog.nodemap.mode=strict"
157 transaction abort!
158 rollback completed
159 abort: persistent nodemap in strict mode without efficient method
156 $ hg ci -m 'foo' --config "storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path=abort"
157 abort: accessing `persistent-nodemap` repository without associated fast implementation.
158 (check `hg help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap` for details)
160 159 [255]
161 160
161 #else
162
163 $ hg id --config "storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path=invalid-value"
164 unknown value for config "storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path": "invalid-value"
165 falling back to default value: abort
166 6b02b8c7b966+ tip
167
162 168 #endif
163 169
164 170 $ hg ci -m 'foo'
165 171
166 172 #if no-pure no-rust
167 173 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
168 174 uid: ???????????????? (glob)
169 175 tip-rev: 5001
170 176 tip-node: 16395c3cf7e231394735e6b1717823ada303fb0c
171 177 data-length: 121088
172 178 data-unused: 0
173 179 data-unused: 0.000%
174 180 #else
175 181 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
176 182 uid: ???????????????? (glob)
177 183 tip-rev: 5001
178 184 tip-node: 16395c3cf7e231394735e6b1717823ada303fb0c
179 185 data-length: 121344
180 186 data-unused: 256
181 187 data-unused: 0.211%
182 188 #endif
183 189
184 190 $ f --size .hg/store/00changelog.n
185 191 .hg/store/00changelog.n: size=70
186 192
187 193 (The pure code use the debug code that perform incremental update, the C code reencode from scratch)
188 194
189 195 #if pure
190 196 $ f --sha256 .hg/store/00changelog-*.nd --size
191 197 .hg/store/00changelog-????????????????.nd: size=121344, sha256=cce54c5da5bde3ad72a4938673ed4064c86231b9c64376b082b163fdb20f8f66 (glob)
192 198 #endif
193 199
194 200 #if rust
195 201 $ f --sha256 .hg/store/00changelog-*.nd --size
196 202 .hg/store/00changelog-????????????????.nd: size=121344, sha256=952b042fcf614ceb37b542b1b723e04f18f83efe99bee4e0f5ccd232ef470e58 (glob)
197 203 #endif
198 204
199 205 #if no-pure no-rust
200 206 $ f --sha256 .hg/store/00changelog-*.nd --size
201 207 .hg/store/00changelog-????????????????.nd: size=121088, sha256=df7c06a035b96cb28c7287d349d603baef43240be7736fe34eea419a49702e17 (glob)
202 208 #endif
203 209
204 210 $ hg debugnodemap --check
205 211 revision in index: 5002
206 212 revision in nodemap: 5002
207 213
208 214 Test code path without mmap
209 215 ---------------------------
210 216
211 217 $ echo bar > bar
212 218 $ hg add bar
213 219 $ hg ci -m 'bar' --config storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap=no
214 220
215 221 $ hg debugnodemap --check --config storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap=yes
216 222 revision in index: 5003
217 223 revision in nodemap: 5003
218 224 $ hg debugnodemap --check --config storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap=no
219 225 revision in index: 5003
220 226 revision in nodemap: 5003
221 227
222 228
223 229 #if pure
224 230 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
225 231 uid: ???????????????? (glob)
226 232 tip-rev: 5002
227 233 tip-node: 880b18d239dfa9f632413a2071bfdbcc4806a4fd
228 234 data-length: 121600
229 235 data-unused: 512
230 236 data-unused: 0.421%
231 237 $ f --sha256 .hg/store/00changelog-*.nd --size
232 238 .hg/store/00changelog-????????????????.nd: size=121600, sha256=def52503d049ccb823974af313a98a935319ba61f40f3aa06a8be4d35c215054 (glob)
233 239 #endif
234 240 #if rust
235 241 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
236 242 uid: ???????????????? (glob)
237 243 tip-rev: 5002
238 244 tip-node: 880b18d239dfa9f632413a2071bfdbcc4806a4fd
239 245 data-length: 121600
240 246 data-unused: 512
241 247 data-unused: 0.421%
242 248 $ f --sha256 .hg/store/00changelog-*.nd --size
243 249 .hg/store/00changelog-????????????????.nd: size=121600, sha256=dacf5b5f1d4585fee7527d0e67cad5b1ba0930e6a0928f650f779aefb04ce3fb (glob)
244 250 #endif
245 251 #if no-pure no-rust
246 252 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
247 253 uid: ???????????????? (glob)
248 254 tip-rev: 5002
249 255 tip-node: 880b18d239dfa9f632413a2071bfdbcc4806a4fd
250 256 data-length: 121088
251 257 data-unused: 0
252 258 data-unused: 0.000%
253 259 $ f --sha256 .hg/store/00changelog-*.nd --size
254 260 .hg/store/00changelog-????????????????.nd: size=121088, sha256=59fcede3e3cc587755916ceed29e3c33748cd1aa7d2f91828ac83e7979d935e8 (glob)
255 261 #endif
256 262
257 263 Test force warming the cache
258 264
259 265 $ rm .hg/store/00changelog.n
260 266 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
261 267 $ hg debugupdatecache
262 268 #if pure
263 269 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
264 270 uid: ???????????????? (glob)
265 271 tip-rev: 5002
266 272 tip-node: 880b18d239dfa9f632413a2071bfdbcc4806a4fd
267 273 data-length: 121088
268 274 data-unused: 0
269 275 data-unused: 0.000%
270 276 #else
271 277 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
272 278 uid: ???????????????? (glob)
273 279 tip-rev: 5002
274 280 tip-node: 880b18d239dfa9f632413a2071bfdbcc4806a4fd
275 281 data-length: 121088
276 282 data-unused: 0
277 283 data-unused: 0.000%
278 284 #endif
279 285
280 286 Check out of sync nodemap
281 287 =========================
282 288
283 289 First copy old data on the side.
284 290
285 291 $ mkdir ../tmp-copies
286 292 $ cp .hg/store/00changelog-????????????????.nd .hg/store/00changelog.n ../tmp-copies
287 293
288 294 Nodemap lagging behind
289 295 ----------------------
290 296
291 297 make a new commit
292 298
293 299 $ echo bar2 > bar
294 300 $ hg ci -m 'bar2'
295 301 $ NODE=`hg log -r tip -T '{node}\n'`
296 302 $ hg log -r "$NODE" -T '{rev}\n'
297 303 5003
298 304
299 305 If the nodemap is lagging behind, it can catch up fine
300 306
301 307 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
302 308 uid: ???????????????? (glob)
303 309 tip-rev: 5003
304 310 tip-node: c9329770f979ade2d16912267c38ba5f82fd37b3
305 311 data-length: 121344 (pure !)
306 312 data-length: 121344 (rust !)
307 313 data-length: 121152 (no-rust no-pure !)
308 314 data-unused: 192 (pure !)
309 315 data-unused: 192 (rust !)
310 316 data-unused: 0 (no-rust no-pure !)
311 317 data-unused: 0.158% (pure !)
312 318 data-unused: 0.158% (rust !)
313 319 data-unused: 0.000% (no-rust no-pure !)
314 320 $ cp -f ../tmp-copies/* .hg/store/
315 321 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
316 322 uid: ???????????????? (glob)
317 323 tip-rev: 5002
318 324 tip-node: 880b18d239dfa9f632413a2071bfdbcc4806a4fd
319 325 data-length: 121088
320 326 data-unused: 0
321 327 data-unused: 0.000%
322 328 $ hg log -r "$NODE" -T '{rev}\n'
323 329 5003
324 330
325 331 changelog altered
326 332 -----------------
327 333
328 334 If the nodemap is not gated behind a requirements, an unaware client can alter
329 335 the repository so the revlog used to generate the nodemap is not longer
330 336 compatible with the persistent nodemap. We need to detect that.
331 337
332 338 $ hg up "$NODE~5"
333 339 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 4 files removed, 0 files unresolved
334 340 $ echo bar > babar
335 341 $ hg add babar
336 342 $ hg ci -m 'babar'
337 343 created new head
338 344 $ OTHERNODE=`hg log -r tip -T '{node}\n'`
339 345 $ hg log -r "$OTHERNODE" -T '{rev}\n'
340 346 5004
341 347
342 348 $ hg --config extensions.strip= strip --rev "$NODE~1" --no-backup
343 349
344 350 the nodemap should detect the changelog have been tampered with and recover.
345 351
346 352 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
347 353 uid: ???????????????? (glob)
348 354 tip-rev: 5002
349 355 tip-node: b355ef8adce0949b8bdf6afc72ca853740d65944
350 356 data-length: 121536 (pure !)
351 357 data-length: 121088 (rust !)
352 358 data-length: 121088 (no-pure no-rust !)
353 359 data-unused: 448 (pure !)
354 360 data-unused: 0 (rust !)
355 361 data-unused: 0 (no-pure no-rust !)
356 362 data-unused: 0.000% (rust !)
357 363 data-unused: 0.369% (pure !)
358 364 data-unused: 0.000% (no-pure no-rust !)
359 365
360 366 $ cp -f ../tmp-copies/* .hg/store/
361 367 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
362 368 uid: ???????????????? (glob)
363 369 tip-rev: 5002
364 370 tip-node: 880b18d239dfa9f632413a2071bfdbcc4806a4fd
365 371 data-length: 121088
366 372 data-unused: 0
367 373 data-unused: 0.000%
368 374 $ hg log -r "$OTHERNODE" -T '{rev}\n'
369 375 5002
370 376
371 377 Check transaction related property
372 378 ==================================
373 379
374 380 An up to date nodemap should be available to shell hooks,
375 381
376 382 $ echo dsljfl > a
377 383 $ hg add a
378 384 $ hg ci -m a
379 385 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
380 386 uid: ???????????????? (glob)
381 387 tip-rev: 5003
382 388 tip-node: a52c5079765b5865d97b993b303a18740113bbb2
383 389 data-length: 121088
384 390 data-unused: 0
385 391 data-unused: 0.000%
386 392 $ echo babar2 > babar
387 393 $ hg ci -m 'babar2' --config "hooks.pretxnclose.nodemap-test=hg debugnodemap --metadata"
388 394 uid: ???????????????? (glob)
389 395 tip-rev: 5004
390 396 tip-node: 2f5fb1c06a16834c5679d672e90da7c5f3b1a984
391 397 data-length: 121280 (pure !)
392 398 data-length: 121280 (rust !)
393 399 data-length: 121088 (no-pure no-rust !)
394 400 data-unused: 192 (pure !)
395 401 data-unused: 192 (rust !)
396 402 data-unused: 0 (no-pure no-rust !)
397 403 data-unused: 0.158% (pure !)
398 404 data-unused: 0.158% (rust !)
399 405 data-unused: 0.000% (no-pure no-rust !)
400 406 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
401 407 uid: ???????????????? (glob)
402 408 tip-rev: 5004
403 409 tip-node: 2f5fb1c06a16834c5679d672e90da7c5f3b1a984
404 410 data-length: 121280 (pure !)
405 411 data-length: 121280 (rust !)
406 412 data-length: 121088 (no-pure no-rust !)
407 413 data-unused: 192 (pure !)
408 414 data-unused: 192 (rust !)
409 415 data-unused: 0 (no-pure no-rust !)
410 416 data-unused: 0.158% (pure !)
411 417 data-unused: 0.158% (rust !)
412 418 data-unused: 0.000% (no-pure no-rust !)
413 419
414 420 Another process does not see the pending nodemap content during run.
415 421
416 422 $ PATH=$RUNTESTDIR/testlib/:$PATH
417 423 $ echo qpoasp > a
418 424 $ hg ci -m a2 \
419 425 > --config "hooks.pretxnclose=wait-on-file 20 sync-repo-read sync-txn-pending" \
420 426 > --config "hooks.txnclose=touch sync-txn-close" > output.txt 2>&1 &
421 427
422 428 (read the repository while the commit transaction is pending)
423 429
424 430 $ wait-on-file 20 sync-txn-pending && \
425 431 > hg debugnodemap --metadata && \
426 432 > wait-on-file 20 sync-txn-close sync-repo-read
427 433 uid: ???????????????? (glob)
428 434 tip-rev: 5004
429 435 tip-node: 2f5fb1c06a16834c5679d672e90da7c5f3b1a984
430 436 data-length: 121280 (pure !)
431 437 data-length: 121280 (rust !)
432 438 data-length: 121088 (no-pure no-rust !)
433 439 data-unused: 192 (pure !)
434 440 data-unused: 192 (rust !)
435 441 data-unused: 0 (no-pure no-rust !)
436 442 data-unused: 0.158% (pure !)
437 443 data-unused: 0.158% (rust !)
438 444 data-unused: 0.000% (no-pure no-rust !)
439 445 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
440 446 uid: ???????????????? (glob)
441 447 tip-rev: 5005
442 448 tip-node: 90d5d3ba2fc47db50f712570487cb261a68c8ffe
443 449 data-length: 121536 (pure !)
444 450 data-length: 121536 (rust !)
445 451 data-length: 121088 (no-pure no-rust !)
446 452 data-unused: 448 (pure !)
447 453 data-unused: 448 (rust !)
448 454 data-unused: 0 (no-pure no-rust !)
449 455 data-unused: 0.369% (pure !)
450 456 data-unused: 0.369% (rust !)
451 457 data-unused: 0.000% (no-pure no-rust !)
452 458
453 459 $ cat output.txt
454 460
455 461 Check that a failing transaction will properly revert the data
456 462
457 463 $ echo plakfe > a
458 464 $ f --size --sha256 .hg/store/00changelog-*.nd
459 465 .hg/store/00changelog-????????????????.nd: size=121536, sha256=bb414468d225cf52d69132e1237afba34d4346ee2eb81b505027e6197b107f03 (glob) (pure !)
460 466 .hg/store/00changelog-????????????????.nd: size=121536, sha256=909ac727bc4d1c0fda5f7bff3c620c98bd4a2967c143405a1503439e33b377da (glob) (rust !)
461 467 .hg/store/00changelog-????????????????.nd: size=121088, sha256=342d36d30d86dde67d3cb6c002606c4a75bcad665595d941493845066d9c8ee0 (glob) (no-pure no-rust !)
462 468 $ hg ci -m a3 --config "extensions.abort=$RUNTESTDIR/testlib/crash_transaction_late.py"
463 469 transaction abort!
464 470 rollback completed
465 471 abort: This is a late abort
466 472 [255]
467 473 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
468 474 uid: ???????????????? (glob)
469 475 tip-rev: 5005
470 476 tip-node: 90d5d3ba2fc47db50f712570487cb261a68c8ffe
471 477 data-length: 121536 (pure !)
472 478 data-length: 121536 (rust !)
473 479 data-length: 121088 (no-pure no-rust !)
474 480 data-unused: 448 (pure !)
475 481 data-unused: 448 (rust !)
476 482 data-unused: 0 (no-pure no-rust !)
477 483 data-unused: 0.369% (pure !)
478 484 data-unused: 0.369% (rust !)
479 485 data-unused: 0.000% (no-pure no-rust !)
480 486 $ f --size --sha256 .hg/store/00changelog-*.nd
481 487 .hg/store/00changelog-????????????????.nd: size=121536, sha256=bb414468d225cf52d69132e1237afba34d4346ee2eb81b505027e6197b107f03 (glob) (pure !)
482 488 .hg/store/00changelog-????????????????.nd: size=121536, sha256=909ac727bc4d1c0fda5f7bff3c620c98bd4a2967c143405a1503439e33b377da (glob) (rust !)
483 489 .hg/store/00changelog-????????????????.nd: size=121088, sha256=342d36d30d86dde67d3cb6c002606c4a75bcad665595d941493845066d9c8ee0 (glob) (no-pure no-rust !)
484 490
485 491 Check that removing content does not confuse the nodemap
486 492 --------------------------------------------------------
487 493
488 494 removing data with rollback
489 495
490 496 $ echo aso > a
491 497 $ hg ci -m a4
492 498 $ hg rollback
493 499 repository tip rolled back to revision 5005 (undo commit)
494 500 working directory now based on revision 5005
495 501 $ hg id -r .
496 502 90d5d3ba2fc4 tip
497 503
498 504 roming data with strip
499 505
500 506 $ echo aso > a
501 507 $ hg ci -m a4
502 508 $ hg --config extensions.strip= strip -r . --no-backup
503 509 1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
504 510 $ hg id -r . --traceback
505 511 90d5d3ba2fc4 tip
506 512
507 513 Test upgrade / downgrade
508 514 ========================
509 515
510 516 downgrading
511 517
512 518 $ cat << EOF >> .hg/hgrc
513 519 > [format]
514 520 > use-persistent-nodemap=no
515 521 > EOF
516 522 $ hg debugformat -v
517 523 format-variant repo config default
518 524 fncache: yes yes yes
519 525 dotencode: yes yes yes
520 526 generaldelta: yes yes yes
521 527 exp-sharesafe: no no no
522 528 sparserevlog: yes yes yes
523 529 sidedata: no no no
524 530 persistent-nodemap: yes no no
525 531 copies-sdc: no no no
526 532 plain-cl-delta: yes yes yes
527 533 compression: zlib zlib zlib
528 534 compression-level: default default default
529 535 $ hg debugupgraderepo --run --no-backup --quiet
530 536 upgrade will perform the following actions:
531 537
532 538 requirements
533 539 preserved: dotencode, fncache, generaldelta, revlogv1, sparserevlog, store
534 540 removed: persistent-nodemap
535 541
536 542 processed revlogs:
537 543 - all-filelogs
538 544 - changelog
539 545 - manifest
540 546
541 547 $ ls -1 .hg/store/ | egrep '00(changelog|manifest)(\.n|-.*\.nd)'
542 548 [1]
543 549 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
544 550
545 551
546 552 upgrading
547 553
548 554 $ cat << EOF >> .hg/hgrc
549 555 > [format]
550 556 > use-persistent-nodemap=yes
551 557 > EOF
552 558 $ hg debugformat -v
553 559 format-variant repo config default
554 560 fncache: yes yes yes
555 561 dotencode: yes yes yes
556 562 generaldelta: yes yes yes
557 563 exp-sharesafe: no no no
558 564 sparserevlog: yes yes yes
559 565 sidedata: no no no
560 566 persistent-nodemap: no yes no
561 567 copies-sdc: no no no
562 568 plain-cl-delta: yes yes yes
563 569 compression: zlib zlib zlib
564 570 compression-level: default default default
565 571 $ hg debugupgraderepo --run --no-backup --quiet
566 572 upgrade will perform the following actions:
567 573
568 574 requirements
569 575 preserved: dotencode, fncache, generaldelta, revlogv1, sparserevlog, store
570 576 added: persistent-nodemap
571 577
572 578 processed revlogs:
573 579 - all-filelogs
574 580 - changelog
575 581 - manifest
576 582
577 583 $ ls -1 .hg/store/ | egrep '00(changelog|manifest)(\.n|-.*\.nd)'
578 584 00changelog-*.nd (glob)
579 585 00changelog.n
580 586 00manifest-*.nd (glob)
581 587 00manifest.n
582 588
583 589 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
584 590 uid: * (glob)
585 591 tip-rev: 5005
586 592 tip-node: 90d5d3ba2fc47db50f712570487cb261a68c8ffe
587 593 data-length: 121088
588 594 data-unused: 0
589 595 data-unused: 0.000%
590 596
591 597 Running unrelated upgrade
592 598
593 599 $ hg debugupgraderepo --run --no-backup --quiet --optimize re-delta-all
594 600 upgrade will perform the following actions:
595 601
596 602 requirements
597 603 preserved: dotencode, fncache, generaldelta, persistent-nodemap, revlogv1, sparserevlog, store
598 604
599 605 optimisations: re-delta-all
600 606
601 607 processed revlogs:
602 608 - all-filelogs
603 609 - changelog
604 610 - manifest
605 611
606 612 $ ls -1 .hg/store/ | egrep '00(changelog|manifest)(\.n|-.*\.nd)'
607 613 00changelog-*.nd (glob)
608 614 00changelog.n
609 615 00manifest-*.nd (glob)
610 616 00manifest.n
611 617
612 618 $ hg debugnodemap --metadata
613 619 uid: * (glob)
614 620 tip-rev: 5005
615 621 tip-node: 90d5d3ba2fc47db50f712570487cb261a68c8ffe
616 622 data-length: 121088
617 623 data-unused: 0
618 624 data-unused: 0.000%
619 625
620 626 Persistent nodemap and local/streaming clone
621 627 ============================================
622 628
623 629 $ cd ..
624 630
625 631 standard clone
626 632 --------------
627 633
628 634 The persistent nodemap should exist after a streaming clone
629 635
630 636 $ hg clone --pull --quiet -U test-repo standard-clone
631 637 $ ls -1 standard-clone/.hg/store/ | egrep '00(changelog|manifest)(\.n|-.*\.nd)'
632 638 00changelog-*.nd (glob)
633 639 00changelog.n
634 640 00manifest-*.nd (glob)
635 641 00manifest.n
636 642 $ hg -R standard-clone debugnodemap --metadata
637 643 uid: * (glob)
638 644 tip-rev: 5005
639 645 tip-node: 90d5d3ba2fc47db50f712570487cb261a68c8ffe
640 646 data-length: 121088
641 647 data-unused: 0
642 648 data-unused: 0.000%
643 649
644 650
645 651 local clone
646 652 ------------
647 653
648 654 The persistent nodemap should exist after a streaming clone
649 655
650 656 $ hg clone -U test-repo local-clone
651 657 $ ls -1 local-clone/.hg/store/ | egrep '00(changelog|manifest)(\.n|-.*\.nd)'
652 658 [1]
653 659 $ hg -R local-clone debugnodemap --metadata
654 660
655 661 stream clone
656 662 ------------
657 663
658 664 The persistent nodemap should exist after a streaming clone
659 665
660 666 $ hg clone -U --stream --config ui.ssh="\"$PYTHON\" \"$TESTDIR/dummyssh\"" ssh://user@dummy/test-repo stream-clone --debug | egrep '00(changelog|manifest)'
661 667 adding [s] 00manifest.n (70 bytes)
662 668 adding [s] 00manifest.i (313 KB)
663 669 adding [s] 00manifest.d (452 KB)
664 670 adding [s] 00changelog.n (70 bytes)
665 671 adding [s] 00changelog.i (313 KB)
666 672 adding [s] 00changelog.d (360 KB)
667 673 $ ls -1 stream-clone/.hg/store/ | egrep '00(changelog|manifest)(\.n|-.*\.nd)'
668 674 [1]
669 675 $ hg -R stream-clone debugnodemap --metadata
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments. Login now